Games

Grand Reef Casino offers some of the most exciting online casino games.

Click on any category below to see a summary of the games.

Magic Slots

150x113_magic_slots-min

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game and a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Gold Rally

150x113_gold_rally

8-Line Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Beach Life

150x113_beach_life-min

5-Reel 20-line Progressive Single-Coin Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Blade

150x113_blade

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Captain’s Treasure

150x113_captains_treasure

5-Reel Multiline Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Caribbean Stud® Poker

150x113_caribbean_stud_poker

Click on the chips to place an ante.

Cinerama

150x113_cinerama

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Daredevil

150x113_daredevil

5-Reel 20-line slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Desert Treasure

150x113_desert_treasure

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Diamond Valley

150x113_diamond_valley

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Dr Lovemore

150x113_dr_lovemore

5-Reel 20-line slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Elektra

150x113_elektra

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Fantastic Four

150x113_fantastic_four

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Football Rules

150x113_football_rules

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Forest of Wonders

150x113_forest_of_wonders

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Fruit Mania

150x113_fruit_mania

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Geisha Story

150x113_geisha_story

5-Reel 15-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Genie’s HiLo Jackpot

150x113_genies_hilo_jackpot

Predict the next card.
Includes Progressive Jackpot.

Alien Hunter

150x113_gold_rally

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Golden Tour

150x113_golden_tour

5-Reel Multiline Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Greatest Odyssey

150x113_highway_kings

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Highway Kings

150x113_highway_kings

5-Reel Multiline Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

The Incredible Hulk

150x113_the_incredible_hulk

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Iron Man

150x113_iron_man

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Jackpot Darts

150x113_gold_rally

Place bets on where the three dart throws will hit.

10-Line Jacks or Better

150x113_10_line_jacks_or_better

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Ten lines of cards.

Lotto Madness

150x113_lotto_madness

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

A Night Out

150x113_a_night_out

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Megaball

150x113_megaball

Eight games in one where each game is a different betting strategy.

Megajacks

150x113_megajacks

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Lowest is a pair of Jacks.

Progressive Baccarat

150x113_progressive_baccarat

A standard game of Baccarat with an additional chance to win a progressive jackpot.

Progressive Blackjack

150x113_progressive_blackjack

A variation on standard Blackjack that features a progressive sidebet.

Punisher War Zone

150x113_punisher_war_zone

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Queen of the Pyramids

150x113_queen_of_the_pyramids

5-Reel Multiline Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Safecracker

150x113_safecracker

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game and a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Silver Bullet

150x113_silver_bullet

5-Reel Multiline Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Stravaganza

150x113_stravaganza

A card game where the object is to have a point total higher than the dealer.

Thrill Seekers

150x113_thrill_seekers

5-Reel 50-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Wall Street Fever

150x113_wall_st_fever

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Wanted Dead or Alive

150x113_wanted_dead_or_alive

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

What’s Cooking

150x113_whats_cooking

5-Reel 30-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

X-Men

150x113_x_men

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

8-Ball Slots

150x113_8_ball_slots-min

3-Reel Max Bet 2 Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Alchemist’s Lab

150x113_alchemists_lab-min

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Bermuda Triangle

150x113_bermuda_triangle-min

3-Reel 5-Line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination on a payline by spinning the reels.

Crazy 7

150x113_crazy_7-min

3-Reel Standard Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Fountain of Youth

150x113_fountain_of_youth-min

3-Reel 3-Line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Funky Monkey

150x113_funky_monkey-min

3-Reel Standard Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Haunted House

150x113_haunted_house-min

3-Reel 5-Line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Jungle Boogle

150x113_jungle_boogie-min

3-Reel Standard Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Magic Slots

150x113_magic_slots-min

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game and a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Neptune’s Kingdom

150x113_neptunes_kingdom-min

3-Reel 5-Line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Party Line

150x113_party_line-min

3-Reel Standard Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Reel Classic 3

150x113_reel_classic_3-min

3-Reel Standard Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Reel Classic 5

150x113_reel_classic_5-min

5-Reel 5-Line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Rock ‘n’ Roller

150x113_rock_n_roller-min

3-Reel 5-Line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Safecracker

150x113_safecracker-min

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game and a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Sultan’s Fortune

150x113_sultans_fortune-min

3-Reel Max Bet 2 Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Tres Amigos

150x113_tres_amigos-min

3-Reel Max Bet 2 Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

A Night Out

150x113_a_night_out

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Alien Hunter

150x113_alien_hunter

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Archer

150x113_archer

5-Reel Slots with All-Ways feature.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Arctic Treasure

150x113_arctic_treasure

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Azteca

150x113_azteca

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Banana Monkey™

150x113_banana_monkey

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Beach Life

150x113_beach_life

5-Reel 20-line Progressive Single-Coin Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Blade

150x113_blade

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Bonus Bears

150x113_bonus_bears

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Reel Classic 5

Captain’s Treasure

150x113_captains_treasure

5-Reel Multiline Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Captain’s Treasure Pro

150x113_captains_treasure_pro

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Cherry Love

150x113_cherry_love

5-Reel 30-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Chinese Kitchen

150x113_chinese_kitchen

8-Line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Cinerama

150x113_cinerama

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Cute & Fluffy

150x113_cute_and_fluffy

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Daredevil

150x113_daredevil

5-Reel 20-line slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Desert Treasure

150x113_desert_treasure

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Diamond Valley

150x113_diamond_valley

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Diamond Valley Pro

150x113_diamond_valley_pro

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

The Discovery

150x113_the_discovery

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Dolphin Reef

150x113_dolphin_reef

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Dr Lovemore

150x113_dr_lovemore

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Elektra

150x113_elektra

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Fairy Magic

150x113_fairy_magic

5-Reel 15-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Fantastic Four

150x113_fantastic_four

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Farmer’s Market

150x113_farmers_market

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Football Rules!

150x113_football_rules

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Forest of Wonders

150x113_forest_of_wonders

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

From Russia with Love

150x113_from_russia_with_love

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Fruit Mania

150x113_fruit_mania

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Geisha Story

150x113_geisha_story

5-Reel 15-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Gladiator

150x113_gladiator

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Goblin’s Cave

150x113_goblins_cave

3-Reel 3-Row Multispin Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Gold Rally

150x113_gold_rally

8-Line Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Golden Games

150x113_golden_games

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Golden Tour

150x113_golden_tour

5-Reel Multiline Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Great Blue

150x113_great_blue

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Greatest Odyssey

150x113_greatest_odyssey

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Happy Bugs

150x113_happy_bugs

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Highway Kings

150x113_highway_kings

5-Reel Multiline Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

The Incredible Hulk

150x113_the_incredible_hulk

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Irish Luck

150x113_irish_luck

5-Reel 30-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Iron Man

150x113_iron_man

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

La Chatte Rouge

150x113_la_chatte_rouge

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Lotto Madness

150x113_lotto_madness

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Magic Slots

150x113_magic_slots

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game and a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Ocean Princess

150x113_ocean_princess

3-Reel 5-Row Multispin Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Panther Moon

150x113_panther_moon

5-Reel 15-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Penguin Vacation

150x113_penguin_vacation

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Pharaoh’s Secrets

150x113_pharaohs_secrets

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Punisher War Zone

150x113_punisher_war_zone

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Queen of the Pyramids

150x113_queen_of_the_pyramids

5-Reel Multiline Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Rome & Glory

150x113_rome_and_glory

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Safari Heat

150x113_safari_heat

5-Reel 15-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Safecracker

150x113_safecracker

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game and a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Santa Surprise

150x113_santa_surprise

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Silent Samurai

150x113_silent_samurai

5-Reel 9-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Silver Bullet

150x113_silver_bullet

5-Reel Multiline Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Skazka

150x113_skazka

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Sparta

150x113_sparta

5-Reel 30-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Thai Paradise

150x113_thai_paradise

5-Reel 15-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Thrill Seekers

150x113_thrill_seekers

5-Reel 50-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Triple Profits

150x113_triple_profits

3-Reel 3-Row Multispin Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Tropic Reels

150x113_tropic_reels

3-Reel 5-Row Multispin Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

True Love

150x113_true_love

5-Reel 15-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

Ugga Bugga

150x113_ugga_bugga

3-Reel 10-Row Multispin Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Ultimate Fighters

150x113_ultimate_fighters

8-Line Slots with Bonus Round.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Vacation Station

150x113_vacation_station

8-Line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Wall Street Fever

150x113_wall_st_fever

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Wanted Dead or Alive

150x113_wanted_dead_or_alive

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

What’s Cooking

150x113_whats_cooking

5-Reel 30-line Slots.
Obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Wild Spirit

150x113_wild_spirit

5-Reel 20-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

X-Men

150x113_x_men

5-Reel 25-line Slots.
Obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

A variation on standard Blackjack that features a progressive sidebet.

Caribbean Stud® Poker

Click on the chips to place an ante.

Baccarat

150x113_baccarat-min

Six deck Baccarat.

Progressive Baccarat

150x113_progressive_baccarat-min

A standard game of Baccarat with an additional chance to win a progressive jackpot.

Blackjack

150x113_blackjack_table_game-min

Six deck Blackjack with the option of Multihand mode.

Blackjack Surrender

150x113_blackjack_surrender-min

Six deck Blackjack with the option of Multihand mode.

Blackjack Switch

150x113_blackjack_switch-min

A modification of Blackjack.

21 Duel Blackjack

150x113_21_duel_blackjack

A card game, played with 6 decks, where the object is to have a point total higher than the dealer, but no higher than 21.

Progressive Blackjack

150x113_progressive_blackjack

A variation on standard Blackjack that features a progressive sidebet.

Caribbean Stud® Poker

150x113_caribbean_stud_poker

Click on the chips to place an ante.

Casino Hold ‘Em

150x113_casino_hold_em

A variation of five-card poker.

Craps

150x113_craps

Click on a bet area on the table to place your bet there.

Pai Gow Poker

150x113_pai_gow_poker

A combination of Poker and an ancient Chinese game Pai Gow.

Pontoon

150x113_pontoon

Bet on a third card falling numerically between the first two cards drawn.

Red Dog

150x113_red_dog

Bet on a third card falling numerically between the first two cards drawn.

American Roulette

150x113_american_roulette

Predict where the ball will come to rest on the Roulette wheel.

Premium American
Roulette

150x113_premium_american_roulette

Predict where the ball will come to rest on the Roulette wheel.

European Roulette

150x113_european_roulette

Predict where the ball will come to rest on the Roulette wheel.

Premium European
Roulette

150x113_premium_european_roulette

Predict where the ball will come to rest on the Roulette wheel.

French Roulette

150x113_french_roulette

Predict where the ball will come to rest on the Roulette wheel.

Premium French
Roulette

150x113_premium_french_roulette

Predict where the ball will come to rest on the Roulette wheel.

Premium
Roulette Pro

150x113_premium_roulette_pro

Predict where the ball will come to rest on the Roulette wheel.

Sic Bo

150x113_sic_bo

Bet on a certain kind of a dice roll result.

Stravaganza

150x113_stravaganza

A card game where the object is to have a point total higher than the dealer.

Tequila Poker

150x113_tequila_poker

A game that combines elements of five-card poker and Blackjack.

Wild Viking

150x113_wild_viking

A casino game that is based on roulette, but the results are determined by five cards drawn by the dealer.

Aces & Faces

150x113_aces_and_faces-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.

4-Line Aces & Faces

150x113_4_line_aces_and_faces-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Four lines of cards.

25-Line Aces & Faces

150x113_25_line_aces_and_faces-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
25 lines of cards.

All American

150x113_8_ball_slots-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Lowest is a pair of Jacks

Deuces Wild

150x113_alchemists_lab-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Deuces are wild.

4-Line Deuces Wild

150x113_bermuda_triangle-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Four lines of cards

Jacks or Better

150x113_jacks_or_better-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Lowest is a pair of Jacks

4-Line Jacks or Better

150x113_4_line_jacks_or_better-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Four lines of cards

10-Line Jacks or Better

150x113_10_line_jacks_or_better-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Ten lines of cards

50-Line Jacks or Better

150x113_50_line_jacks_or_better-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Fifty lines of cards.

Joker Poker

150x113_joker_poker-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Joker stands for any card.

Megajacks

150x113_megajacks-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Lowest is a pair of Jacks.

10’s or Better

150x113_10s_or_better-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.
Lowest is a pair of Tens.

2 Ways Royal

150x113_2_ways_royal-min

Obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination.

Around the World

150x113_around_the_world

Predict whether the next number will be higher or lower total than the last.

Bonus Bowling

150x113_bonus_bowling

Predict the outcome of a bowling throw

Derby Day

150x113_derby_day

A horse betting game with virtual horses and a variety of betting options.

Dice Twister

150x113_dice_twister

Place bets on the outcome of a three dice roll.

Grand Reef Reels

150x113_grand_reef_reels

Place bets on a specific symbol combination or symbol combinations.

Genie’s HiLo

150x113_genies_hilo

Predict the next card.

Genie’s HiLo Jackpot

150x113_genies_hilo_jackpot

Predict the next card.
Includes Progressive Jackpot.

Heads Or Tails

150x113_heads_or_tails

Predict the outcome of a coin flip.

Jackpot Darts

150x113_jackpot_darts

Place bets on where the three dart throws will hit.

Keno

150x113_keno

An ancient Chinese lottery-type game.

Keno Xperiment

150x113_keno_xperiment

An extended version of the Keno lottery game.

Knockout

150x113_knockout

Beat your opponent by choosing the best direction where to punch him.

Magaball

150x113_megaball

Eight games in one where each game is a different betting strategy.

Mini Roulette

150x113_mini_roulette

Click on a bet area on the table to place your bet there.

Penalty Shootout

150x113_penalty_shootout

Put the ball behind a notorious goalkeeper famous for his ability to save penalties.

Pop Bingo

150x113_pop_bingo

A simple Bingo type game.

Rock – Paper – Scissors

150x113_rock_paper_scissors

Play against the computer.

Rollercoaster Dice

150x113_rollercoaster_dice

Predict whether the next roll of dice will have a higher or lower total than the last.

Spin A Win

150x113_spin_a_win

Place bets on where the spinning wheel will stop.

Beetle Bingo

150x113_beetle_bingo-min

Match one five-number combination on the ticket to the drawn numbers.

Blackjack

150x113_blackjack-min

Find a hand that beats the dealer’s hand.

Classic Slots

150x113_classic_slots-min

Find three identical symbols in a row on any of the three slot machines.

Football Mania

150x113_football_mania-min

Match the Prize symbol on the football to any of the six symbols on the scratch card.

Love Match

`

Find three angel symbols on one row, either horizontal, vertical or diagonal.

Pharaoh’s Kingdom

150x113_pharaohs_kingdom-min

Match the Prize symbol in the urn to any of the six symbols on the scratch card.

Roulette

150x113_roulette-min

Find winning bets on the scratch card.

Santa Scratch

150x113_santa_scratch-min

Find three identical Santa symbols on one row, either horizontal, vertical or diagonal.

Dolphin Paradise
Pachinko

150x113_dolphin_paradise-min

A Pachinko game where balls are continuously launched at the top and fall down through the obstacles.

Japanese Solo
Mahjong

150x113_japanese_solo_mahjong_pro-min

A single-player version of the classic Chinese game, starting out with a ready hand.
Japanese rules (Tenwa).

Japanese Solo
Mahjong Pro

150x113_japanese_solo_mahjong-min

A single-player version of the classic Chinese game, starting out with 14 tiles.
Japanese rules(Tenwa).

WMF Solo Mahjong

150x113_wmf_solo_mahjong-min

A single-player version of the classic Chinese game, starting out with a ready hand.
World Mahjong Federation rules.

WMF Solo Mahjong Pro

150x113_japanese_solo_mahjong_pro-min

A single-player version of the classic Chinese game, starting out with 14 tiles.
World Mahjong Federation rules.

800x600_magic_slots-min

Magic Slots

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game and a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Magic Slots is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Before entering the game, choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round. You cannot change it until you exit to the lobby and start the game again.
  • Click Bet One, Bet Two or Bet Max (=three) to select the number of coins you wish to wager. You can also bet by clicking on the corresponding column in the wintable (the leftmost column bets one coin, the middle column bets two and the rightmost column bet three coins). The reels start to spin.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine).

Bonus Game:

Magic Slots contains a bonus game. To access the bonus game, you have to collect three magic wands, while playing for max bet. In the bonus game, select one of the four hats. You will receive a prize, depending on your selection.

Progressive Jackpot:

Magic Slots has a progressive jackpot as well. A certain percentage of every bet you make goes to the progressive jackpot pool. You win the jackpot if you get three highest rank symbols (the hat and gloves) along the payline, while playing for max bet.

Buttons:

Bet One Bet one coin and spin the reels.
Bet Two Bet two coins and spin the reels.
Bet Max Bet all three coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) and spin the reels.
Chat You cannot use the chat feature to chat with other players, since this is a single player game. However, you can answer the casino administration, in case they start a dialogue.
History See the game history – dates, bets and results of your previous game rounds.
Help Open the help file (which you are reading right now).
Options Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings.
Cashier This button appears only in Real Money mode. Click it to go to the Cashier. The Cashier enables you to deposit or withdraw money, view your transaction history, etc.
Play For Real Money This button appears only in Fun Mode. Clicking this will take you to the Real Money mode account creation page. If you already have a Real Money mode account, it will take you to the Real Money mode Login screen.
Lobby Press this to exit the game and go back to the lobby. You can’t exit in the middle of a game round.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tab between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Click the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Start a new game round.
Number keys Raise your bet. Different number keys raise by different amount. The number of functioning keys depends on the chips allowed for the current player and can be subject to change.
ESC Exit the game and go back to the lobby.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You will be automatically directed to the game that was interrupted so you can continue playing.

Gold RallyGold Rally

8-Line Slots with a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Gold Rally is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line number on the upper and left edge of the reels. When you click on line number 5 for example, you also select lines 1-4. Each click on the Bet One buttons selects one more line. Click Bet Max or line number 8 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max also spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish (in the paytable, click Next and Back to scroll between pages). Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

The Bonus round symbol and the Scatter symbol are exceptions to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol and Bonus round symbol below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every symbol combination that pays. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. Please note, that the one Horseshoe symbol combination and two Horseshoes symbol combination have to start on the leftmost or upmost reel (depending on the payline) to win.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Bonus round:

When you enter a bonus round, follow the instructions on the screen. You will be paid a prize according to the choice(s) you make. The “You win” sign shows your total win – if you play several rounds, wins from all rounds of the current bonus game are added up. After the bonus round, you can check the Game History, where each round’s winning is shown on a separate line.

Scatter symbol:

The scales symbol is a scatter symbol – when you get 5 to 9 of these symbols on the screen, you are paid according to the table shown on the winnings table. Scatter win is calculated by multiplying the number on the respective row of the scatter paytable with your total bet. The symbols don’t have to follow any payline. Scatter wins are added to payline wins (if you have any).

Progressive Jackpot:

Jackpot

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 37 500 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 2%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Nine scale symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Click this to see the winnings table. Click it again to close it.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of eight), activating another payline each time. Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet eight coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Place the same bet as last round and spin. If some reels are being held, the rest of them will spin.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Beach Life

Beach Life

5-Reel 20-line Progressive Single-Coin Slots

The object of Beach Life is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Bet button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the coin size multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Back button. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline, and is made up of consecutive symbols starting from the leftmost reel.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the coin size, not the line bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the coin size by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Progressive Jackpot:

Jackpot

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 100 000 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): Max 3 %
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Five wild symbols on the 20th payline (it must be active).
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

You can see the current jackpot amount at the top of the game screen.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more of them visible on the game screen, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet and added to any active payline wins you may have.

Bonus symbol

When you get three or more consecutive Bonus symbols on an active payline, starting from the leftmost reel, you are taken to the Bonus round. There, you get to choose as many prizes as you had bonus symbols. Each prize is a different amount.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options
allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support
lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Caribbean Stud Poker

Caribbean Stud Poker

  1. First, click on the chips to place an ante. To remove chips from the ante, right click on the chips on the table.Progressive Jackpot Side Bet:
    You also have the option to make the progressive jackpot side bet – click on the coin slit above the Ante field on card table. The blinking light above the slit turns green. It costs $1, out of which a certain percentage goes to the progressive jackpot pool. If you get a flush or higher, you win a certain percentage of the jackpot (see the winnings table on the left side of the playing area). Current size of the jackpot is shown on the left side of the table.
  1. Now click on Deal to deal the cards. You will be dealt a five-card hand, face up. No additional cards will be dealt for the duration of this game round.
  2. Decide whether to stay in or fold. If you fold (click on Fold button), you will lose your ante and this game round is over for you.If you stay (click on Call), you add double the amount of your ante to the bet.
  3. Now the dealers cards are flipped over so everyone can see them. If the dealer’s hand does not include an Ace/King combination or higher, the dealer does not qualify. You win even money (1 to 1) on the ante and the additional bet is returned.If the dealer’s hand includes a combination that is higher than yours, you lose both the ante and the additional bet.If the dealer’s hand contains an Ace/King or higher, but your hand is higher, you win even money on the ante and the additional bet pays according to the winnings table.

Jackpot

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 5 000 x jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 75%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Royal Flush
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Clear Bets Clear your bet on the table.
Deal Tell the dealer you are ready to deal cards.
Call After looking at your hand, click this if you decide to stay in.
Fold If you feel your hand is not strong enough and you want to fold, click this.
New Game Start a new game round.
Rebet Place the same bets as you did the last round (both ante and progressive jackpot side bet).

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balance Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window, where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real Money This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tab between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Click the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Start a new game round, press again to rebet as well.
Numbers keys Raise your bet. Different number keys raise by different amount. The number of functioning keys depends on the chips allowed for the current player and can be subject to change.
ESC Exit the game and go back to the lobby.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You will be automatically directed to the game that was interrupted so you can continue playing.

This game is officially licensed.

Cinerama

Cinerama

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Cinerama is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels. The better your symbol combination, the bigger the payout.

To play the game:

  • Select the number of paylines you want to activate (in other words, to bet on) by clicking on the Bet One button or the payline number left or right of the reels. When you click on payline number 3 for example, you also activate paylines 1 and 2. Each click on the Bet One buttons activates one more payline. Click Bet Max or payline number 5 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet x number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along an activated payline), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

The Bonus Round 1 symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about Bonus Round symbols below.

About the Paytable:

The tables show a win multiplier for every hit amount for every symbol. For example, if you have four Spotlight symbols in a row on an activated payline, starting on the leftmost reel, you have four hits. Read the number on the line “4x” next to that symbol. Multiply that symbol by your line bet to get your win amount. If you have winning combinations on more than one line, add them all up to get the total win amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel, to qualify as hits.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Bonus Rounds:

The Director and Headphone symbols are bonus symbols. These symbols do not grant you any winnings, but they enable you to enter the Bonus Round. There is two bonus rounds in Cinerama. For Bonus Round 1, you need to get the Headphone symbol anywhere on the first reel. It does not matter if it is on an activated payline or not.

For Bonus Round 2, you need to get three consecutive Director symbols on an activated payline, starting from the leftmost reel.

When you enter a bonus round, follow the instructions on the screen. You will be paid a prize according to the choice(s) you make.

Progressive Jackpot, Scatter and Wild symbols

Jackpot

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 300000 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Five wild symbols on an active payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

The Camera symbol is also a wild symbol – meaning it stands for any other symbol, except the Director and Headphone symbols, and forms winning combinations in a way most profitable for the player.

Buttons:

Paytable Click here to see the paytable. Click again to close it.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of five), activating another payline each time. Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet five coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • Menu
  • Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Daredevil

Daredevil

5-Reel 20-line slots

The object of Daredevil is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables you to navigate between the different info screens.
    • Paytable screen shows all the winning combinations.
    • Free Games with Random Wilds screen describes the Free Games rules.
    • Bullseye Feature screen explains the behavior of the Bullseye Feature.
    • Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot screen describes how to win entry to the Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot game that wins one of four jackpots, and explains the game’s rules.
  • Clicking Show Paylines on the Paytable page, opens a screen that illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back closes the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

daredevil_wild2The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. In addition, two or more Wild symbols on an active payline pay as per the rules of the Paytable.

Scatter symbol

daredevil_scatterThe Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are two or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear on the reels simultaneously, regardless of position, 10 Free Games with Random Wilds are awarded (see below).

Bullseye feature

daredevil_bullseyeBefore a spin, the player has to place thedaredevil_bullseye_place2 on one of the 15 reel positions on the reels by clicking on the selected place. If, after a spin, the Bullseye symbol ends up under the target, a win is awarded, paying 3 times the total bet. The target remains in its last position for any following spins unless the player relocates it. When the game begins, the target’s default location is the center of the reels.

The Bullseye feature is not available during Free Games.

When entering the game, a pop-up message appears on the reels, explaining that there is a new Bullseye feature. Pressing on ‘X’ causes the message to disappear. Pressing on the message brings the player to the info page explaining the Bullseye feature rules. Clicking on ‘Don’t display this message again’ causes the message to not appear again.

Free Games

3 or more Scatter symbols trigger the Free Games. To begin, the player must click on Click to Start.A win message appears on the screen. The message changes automatically to the Free Game reels, which then spin automatically.

After every spin in Free Games, the reels are scanned and 0, 1, 2 or 3 randomly chosen symbols on the reels are turned into Wilds. A Random Wild means that the symbol substitutes for all symbols, except Scatter. Any symbol can be turned into a Random Wild, including Scatter symbols. Scatter wins will nonetheless be paid, even if the Scatter was turned into a Random Wild.

If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during Free Games, the player is awarded 10 more Free Games.

During the free spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the free spins. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Spin Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current free spins.

After all free spins have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free spins. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Bonus Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels. At the end of the Free Games, a special screen detailing the feature wins appears. To return to the main game, click Continue.

Marvel Mystery Jackpot

Marvel Mystery Jackpot is a multi-level progressive jackpot game that is available in all Marvel slot games and is linked to all Marvel slot games.

The trigger that starts the Jackpot sidegame is random and can occur after any spin in any of the linked games. It is not caused by any symbol combination in the linked games and even the bets that do not win anything in the main gameplay can trigger the Jackpot minigame. Likewise, any bet with any size in the linked games can trigger the Jackpot sidegame, although the chances increase or decrease proportionally to the bet size.

There are four different levels of jackpots that you can win: Power Jackpot, Extra Power Jackpot, Super Power Jackpot and Ultimate Power Jackpot. Different types of jackpots hold different prize amounts. The jackpot gamescreen contains 20 squares which in the beginning of the gameplay are turned upside down. Clicking on a square will turn it around and reveal the jackpot symbol on the other side. Once you have found three matching symbols, you win the jackpot that corresponds to these symbols.

The Marvel Mystery Jackpot game also has a timeout timer. This means that if you do not pick a square in a set amount of time, the squares will be picked randomly for you.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): Power: $50
Extra Power: $500
Super Power: $5,000
Ultimate Power: $100,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 0.99%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Match 3 jackpot symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a Marvel slot game.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Diamond Valley Pro

Diamond Valley Pro

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Diamond Valley Pro is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Bonus screen describes the necessary combination of symbols to enter the bonus round and describes the bonus round rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination.

Please note: There is also a separate payout for 2 or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win, if the win amount from Wild symbols is larger than the win from the regular symbol (by Wild standing in).

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned and added to payline winnings. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

Bonus symbol

When Bonus symbols appear anywhere on the first and last reels, the bonus round immediately begins and the player is awarded a guaranteed prize of 4 times the bet which will be added to the winnings you receive from the free spins. In the bonus game, choose one person to rescue from the pit – the number of free spins (12, 15 or 20), and then choose your reward – the additional win multiplier (3 or 10) that applies to all wins during the free spins. After the player clicks Continue, the free spins commence.

During the free spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the free spins. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Spin Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current free spins.

After all free spins have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free spins. Bonus win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Bonus Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels. If Bonus symbols appear anywhere on the first and last reels during a free spin, new free spins are added to the existing ones. The number of free spins is chosen randomly from 12, 15 and 20. The win multiplier does not change.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings (Double button) to double them. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

You can also choose to bet only half your current winnings (Double Half button) and keep the other half in the Bank. Double Half To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank), if you win.

Bet will show your bet in the Gamble round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature. Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. If you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. That number is the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the total winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel, to qualify as hits.

The red gem in the lower left part of the winnings table is a scatter symbol – if you get three or more red gems on the screen simultaneously, you win the corresponding amount, whether the gems lie on any paylines or not.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a bonus round or free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a Gamble round when the dealer’s card is displayed after choosing Double or Double Half, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can finish the Gamble round. If you are disconnected before the dealer’s card is shown, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Dr Lovemore

Dr Lovemore

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Dr Lovemore is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must occur from left to right, otherwise it is not paid.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more of them on the game field, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

Bonus symbol

If Bonus symbols occur on the first and last reels, you get 20 free spins. You can get more free spins on a free spin.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Increase the line bet by one coin.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Highway Kings

Highway Kings

5-Reel Multiline Slots

The object of Highway Kings is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the amount you wish to bet on each payline, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on line number 5 for example, you also select lines 1-4. Each click on the Bet One buttons selects one more line. Click Bet Max or line number 9 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. For example, if you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost or rightmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel, to qualify as hits. In case one payline contains two winning combinations (for example: two steering wheels counted from the left and three tires counted from the right), you are paid for both combinations. If you have five symbols in a row, you are only paid once.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Wild symbol:

The red truck symbol with “Wild” written on it is a wild symbol – meaning it stands for any other symbol, like a joker in card games. Also, the wild symbol doubles any win in the combination it is in, but not cumulatively (that is, two wild symbols still multiply the win by 2 and not by 4).

Scatter symbol:

The exhaust pipe with “Scatter” written on it is a scatter symbol – when you get 2 to 5 of these symbols on the screen, you are paid according to the table shown on the winnings table (scatter win is calculated by multiplying the number on the respective row of the scatter paytable with your TOTAL bet, not just the line bet). The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel. They don’t have to follow any payline. Scatter wins are added to payline wins (if you don’t have any payline wins, you are only paid the scatter win).

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Click here to see the paytable. Click again to close it.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of nine), activating another payline each time. Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet nine coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Golden Tour

Golden Tour

5-Reel Multiline Slots

The object of Golden Tour is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the amount you wish to bet on each payline, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the payline numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on payline number 3 for example, you also select paylines 1 and 2. Each click on the Bet One button selects one more payline. Click Bet Max or payline number 5 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

The Scatter symbol and the Bonus round symbols are exceptions to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol and the Bonus round symbols below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. For example, if you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost or rightmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel, to qualify as hits. If you have five symbols in a row, you are only paid once.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Scatter symbols and bonus game:

The gopher, duck and catfish symbols are scatter symbols – when you get 3 or more of these symbols (of the same kind) on the screen during one round, lying consecutively, you enter the bonus round. The symbols don’t have to follow any payline, meaning they can be on any position on the reel.

In the bonus game, choose a driver, an iron and then a putter. You will win a prize based on these three clubs you choose. If you entered the bonus game with four scatter symbols and not just three, your prize is tripled. If you entered with five scatter symbols, your prize is multiplied by ten.

The two balls symbol can stand in for both the orange and the white ball, whichever makes for a better winning combination. For example, if you get a combination of orange ball – orange ball – two balls – white ball – white ball, the two balls symbol acts in both combinations and you get two payouts: one for three orange balls, and one for three white balls.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Click here to see the paytable. Click again to close it.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of five), activating another payline each time. Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet five coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Greatest Odyssey

Greatest Odyssey

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Greatest Odyssey is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (that is, if you activate payline 14, paylines 1 through 13 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to view the paytable. The paytable consists of two screens. In the first screen, click Next to move to the second paytable screen. Click Back to return to the first viewed paytable screen. Click Close to go back to the game. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. The scatter payouts are an exception, as they are multiplied by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on two Paytable screens. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel and the symbols have to be in a row.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus) to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there are three or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you get 10 Lucky Spins. This means that your monetary wins in these 10 games will be multiplied by 2 to 25, according to the number of Scatter symbols. The win multipliers for 3, 4 and 5 Scatter symbols are 2, 10 and 25, respectively.

In the Lucky Spins the amount of your total bet must be equal or less than it was in the game that initiated the lucky spins. The total bet can not be increased. If you get three or more Scatter symbols in a game that is already multiplied then the remaining number of multiplied spins will be increased by 10, the multiplier does not change.

Bonus symbol

If you get 3 or more Bonus symbols on an active payline, you are taken to the bonus round. The Bonus symbols have to be in a row but not necessarily left aligned. There you can pick three to five items (out of 10). The number of picks is equal to the number of consecutive bonus symbols. Each item is worth a different amount. If more than one payline runs through the same number of Bonus symbols, each win is also multiplied by the number of paylines that pass through the Bonus symbols. If the number of Bonus symbols on the paylines is different, the bonus rounds for those paylines are played separately (that is, you are taken to the bonus round twice).

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Per Line Increase the line bet by one coin.
Select Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Alien Hunter

Alien Hunter

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Alien Hunter is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout. If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row. The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there are three or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you get free spins (no money is deducted from your balance for them). The number of free spins awarded for each number of scatter symbols is shown on the paytable. You can win more free spins during a free spin.

Bonus symbol

There are two different bonus rounds in Alien Hunter.

The egg bonus symbol, scattered on the first and last reels, takes you to the collecting bonus round. Here you must click on alien eggs: most of them contain wins (multiplied by your total bet) and one contains a multiplier that doubles the win of eggs you click on after finding it. However, one of the eggs contains the “headjumper” evil alien. If you click on the headjumper’s egg, the bonus round is over. If you click on the headjumper’s egg on your first try, you win a consolation prize.

The spaceman bonus symbol, appearing three times on an active payline (on the middle three reels) takes you to the hunting bonus round. Here you must click on appearing aliens. You have two choices:

  • Skill – you must catch 6 aliens within 15 seconds. Your win depends on which aliens you catch – some are quicker than others, and are worth more. There is also a consolation prize if you don’t manage to catch any aliens.
  • Luck – the aliens move more slowly and there is no time limit, but your win is determined randomly.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Increase the line bet by one coin.
Bet Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • Menu

    Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Genie's HiLo Jackpot

Genie’s HiLo Jackpot

The game is played with a single deck. Your objective is to predict the next card.

First, choose the amount you want to wager and click Confirm. Now pick a card. Choice buttons appear (on the low edge of the screen). You have to predict whether the next card is Higher or Equal or Lower or Equal , and if it is Red or Black (click on the red button if you think it will be red, and vice versa). Click Confirm and pick a card.

If your choice is correct, you advance to the next level and make a new choice. This goes on until you make an incorrect guess or reach the highest level. If you make an incorrect guess, the game is over and you win an amount according to the highest level you reached (if your first guess is incorrect, you lose your money).

The winning amounts are written on the game record bar on the left edge of the screen.

Please note: In Genie’s HiLo, Aces count as one (the lowest card).

Game Record:

On the left edge of the screen, there is a game record. It displays all the cards drawn and your winning amount at all times. Please note that the winning amount displayed at each level is the total winning amount of the whole game, not just that particular level.

Jackpot:

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 250 x your bet size.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 3.80%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Reach the 11th level.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): No special requirements.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it).
ESC Exit the game and go back to the lobby.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balance Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window, where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real Money This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You will be automatically directed to the game that was interrupted so you can continue playing.

Geisha Story

Geisha Story

5-Reel 15-line Slots

The object of Geisha Story is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (that is, if you activate payline 14, paylines 1 through 13 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to view the paytable. The paytable consists of two screens. In the first screen, click Next to move to the second paytable screen. Click Back to return to the first viewed paytable screen. Click Close to go back to the game. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. The scatter payouts are an exception, as they are multiplied by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on two Paytable screens. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel and the symbols have to be in a row.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus) to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more of them on the game field, you get an additional win. The payout for Scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

Bonus symbol

When you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels, you are taken to the bonus round. There you get to choose the amount of free spins you get and your win multiplier for those spins. The number of free spins ranges from 4 to 20 and the multiplier from 2 to 10.

If you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels during a free spin, you are not taken to the bonus round – instead the game randomly selects one of the possible outcomes of the bonus round and adds the corresponding amount of free spins to the existing ones. Your win multiplier does not change.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Per Line Increase the line bet by one coin.
Select Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Content to be updated

Forest of Wonders

Forest of Wonders

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Forest of Wonders is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the colored buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not click Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. You can click the Paytable button to view the paytable. Close the pay table by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol (except Scatter and Bonus), to form the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there are three or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you get free spins (no money is deducted from your balance for them). Click on one of the Scatter symbols to collect your free spins – each symbol is worth a different number of them. You can win more free spins during a free spin.

Bonus symbol

If you get 3 or more Bonus symbols on an active payline, you are taken to the bonus round. There you can pick three mushrooms (out of 12). Each mushroom is worth a different amount. You can then cash out your bonus bank, or trade the sum of the prizes for another three picks. You can do this again, for a maximum of four attempts.

If you get more than three Bonus symbols on an active payline, the payout increases. Four symbols mean that all prizes are multiplied by 3. Five symbols mean that all prizes are multiplied by 10. The bonus symbols must be consecutive, but do not have to start from the leftmost reel.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Per Line Increase the line bet by one coin.
Select Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Football Rules

Football Rules

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Football Rules is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the colored buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not click Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. You can click the Paytable button to view the paytable. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol (except Scatter and Bonus), to form the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there are three or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

Bonus symbol

When you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels, you are taken to the bonus round. There you get to choose the amount of free spins you get and your win multiplier for those spins. The number of free spins ranges from 2 to 20 and the multiplier from 2 to 10.

If you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels during a free spin, you are not taken to the bonus round – instead the game randomly selects one of the possible outcomes of the bonus round and adds the corresponding amount of free spins to the existing ones. Your win multiplier does not change.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Per Line Increase the line bet by one coin.
Select Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Elektra

Elektra

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Elektra is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Bonus screen describes the necessary combination of symbols to enter the bonus round and describes the bonus round rules.
    • Weapons Bonus screen describes the three weapon options and explains the bonus game rules.
    • Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot screen describes how to win entry to the Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot game that wins one of four jackpots, and explains the games rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Please note: Only active paylines can register wins. The Scatter symbol is an exception to this rule. More information about this symbol can be found below.
  • Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows all game round bets. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet. An exception to this is the Scatter symbol, for which the payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the total bet. If winning combinations occur on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.
  • If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol appears only on reels #2, #3 and #4 and can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination.

Expanding Wild symbol in the Free Games

If a Wild symbol appears on a reel after a free game and it is possible to have a winning combination by having a Wild substitute for any other symbol (except Scatter) anywhere on that reel, it will expand to cover the entire reel. All places on the reel will be considered as Wild for that spin alone. All winning combinations that result from this will be paid.

Scatter symbol

ScatterThe Scatter symbol in the game is the symbol. The Scatters do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet. If 3 or more Scatters appear on the reels simultaneously, regardless of position, Weapons Bonus Game is initiated.

If three or more Scatters appear anywhere on the reels during Free Games, only a payout is awarded but the bonus round will not be re-triggered.

Weapons Bonus Game

The Weapons Bonus round is triggered when three or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels. To enter the bonus round, click on Click to Start. You are asked to choose one of three weapons, each offering a different number of free games and a different win multiplier. A multiplier means that any win is multiplied by that number. These are the choices:

  • Sai Swords: 10 free games
  • Shuriken: 14 free games with multiplier X2
  • Bow and Arrow: 7 free games with multiplier X4

Once the choice is made, the Free Games begin automatically.

During the Free Games, the line bet, coin size and number of lines are those last played.

Within the Free Games, the symbol of the chosen weapon will replace on the reels the two symbols of the weapons not chosen and will pay according to that symbol’s paytable. The Wild symbol in Free Games acts as Expanding Wild (see above).

At the end of the Free Games, a special screen detailing the feature wins appears. To return to the main game, click Continue.

Marvel Mystery Jackpot

Marvel Mystery Jackpot is a multi-level progressive jackpot game that is available in all Marvel slot games and is linked to all Marvel slot games.

The trigger that starts the Jackpot sidegame is random and can occur after any spin in any of the linked games. It is not caused by any symbol combination in the linked games and even the bets that do not win anything in the main gameplay can trigger the Jackpot minigame. Likewise, any bet with any size in the linked games can trigger the Jackpot sidegame, although the chances increase or decrease proportionally to the bet size.

There are four different levels of jackpots that you can win: Power Jackpot, Extra Power Jackpot, Super Power Jackpot and Ultimate Power Jackpot. Different types of jackpots hold different prize amounts. The jackpot gamescreen contains 20 squares which in the beginning of the gameplay are turned upside down. Clicking on a square will turn it around and reveal the jackpot symbol on the other side. Once you have found three matching symbols, you win the jackpot that corresponds to these symbols.

The Marvel Mystery Jackpot game also has a timeout timer. This means that if you do not pick a square in a set amount of time, the squares will be picked randomly for you.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): Power: $50
Extra Power: $500
Super Power: $5,000
Ultimate Power: $100,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 0,99%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Match 3 jackpot symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a Marvel slot game.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

close
Iron Man

Iron Man

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Iron Man is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Missile Attack Bonus screen specifies the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Missile Attack Bonus Game and describes the bonus game rules.
    • The Expanding Wild Feature screen and the Mixed Pay Feature screen describe the unique behavior of the two Iron Man body symbols in this game.
    • The Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot screen describes how to win entry to the Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot game that wins one of four jackpots, and explains the game’s rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

The Two Iron Man Symbols

The game contains two symbols containing pictures of Iron Man in his suit. Each of them functions as all other symbols do, with their winning combinations detailed in the Paytable. However, there is a separate payout for any mixed combination of the two symbols on an active payline. A mixed combination is a combination that includes both of these symbols in no particular order, beginning at the leftmost reel and continuing consecutively on an active payline. This payout is also detailed in the Paytable.

The two Iron Man symbols appear on all five reels. However, they are stacked (placed one on top of the other) on the reels 2, 3 and 4. When three identical Iron Man symbols, after a spin, occupy all three positions on a single reel, then for that particular spin, they are considered Wild symbols, standing for any symbol, except Scatter.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols (Iron Man logos) do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned and added to payline winnings. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

If three or more Scatters appear on the reels simultaneously, Missile Attack Bonus Game is initiated.

Missile Attack Bonus Game

The Missile Attack Bonus Game is triggered when three or more Scatter symbols (Iron Man logos) appear anywhere on the reels. To start the bonus game, click Click to Start. The bonus game leads to Free Games.

In the Missile Attack Bonus Game, you are Iron Man and must pick which missiles to shoot down. Picking a missile earns a prize – cash, Free Games and Free Games multiplier in the Free Games won. The bonus game ends when both Free Games and a Free Games multiplier have been won. A screen appears summarizing the win. After clicking Continue, the Free Games begin.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free games. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

If, during Free Games, three Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the screen, 10 more Free Games are awarded. More Free Games can be won during Free Games, infinitely.

If the Missile Attack Bonus is triggered during the Auto Start mode, click Click to Start to begin the feature. At the end of the Missile Attack Bonus, after you click Continue on the screen summarizing the feature winnings, the Free Games begin. After the Free Games a screen appears summarizing the win.

Clicking Continue resumes the Auto Start mode.

For more information about the Missile Attack Bonus Game, see the Info pages in the game.

Marvel Mystery Jackpot

Marvel Mystery Jackpot is a multi-level progressive jackpot game that is available in all Marvel slot games and is linked to all Marvel slot games.

The trigger that starts the Jackpot sidegame is random and can occur after any spin in any of the linked games. It is not caused by any symbol combination in the linked games and even the bets that do not win anything in the main gameplay can trigger the Jackpot minigame. Likewise, any bet with any size in the linked games can trigger the Jackpot sidegame, although the chances increase or decrease proportionally to the bet size.

There are four different levels of jackpots that you can win: Power Jackpot, Extra Power Jackpot, Super Power Jackpot and Ultimate Power Jackpot. Different types of jackpots hold different prize amounts. The jackpot gamescreen contains 20 squares which in the beginning of the gameplay are turned upside down. Clicking on a square will turn it around and reveal the jackpot symbol on the other side. Once you have found three matching symbols, you win the jackpot that corresponds to these symbols.

The Marvel Mystery Jackpot game also has a timeout timer. This means that if you do not pick a square in a set amount of time, the squares will be picked randomly for you.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): Power: $50
Extra Power: $500
Super Power: $5,000
Ultimate Power: $100,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 0.99%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Match 3 jackpot symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a Marvel slot game.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a bonus round or free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Jackpot Darts

Jackpot Darts

You can place various bets on where the three dart throws will hit. Click the bet menu in the upper right corner of the screen to open and close sections containing the bet options. The payout multiplier is shown next to each bet. Select a bet option, use the + and – buttons to increase and decrease your bet amount, then click on Confirm to place the bet. You can place up to five bets per game round.

The Dartboard:

The dartboard consists of the single ring, the double ring, the treble ring, the outer bull and the bullseye. The single ring is the largest part on the dartboard. It consists of two areas – one between the double ring and the treble ring, the other between the treble ring and the outer bull. It is divided into sectors which are colored yellow and black. Each sector has a certain number, written on the outer edge of the dartboard. A dart that hits the single ring scores as many points as the number written on the corresponding sector.

There are two narrow circles on the dartboard. The outer narrow circle is the double ring, the inner narrow circle is the treble ring. A dart that hits the double ring scores double the amount of points of the corresponding sector. A dart that hits the treble ring scores triple the amount of points of the corresponding sector.

The outer bull is the small circle surrounding the bullseye. It is worth 25 points. The bullseye is the center of the dartboard, it is worth 50 points.

Bets:

Singles – bet on how many darts hit the single ring.

Doubles – bet on how many darts hit the double ring.

Trebles – bet on how many darts hit the treble ring.

Outer Bull – bet that at least one dart hits the outer bull.

Inner Bull – bet that at least one dart hits the bullseye.

Lo/Mid/Hi – bet that the total score of all three darts will be in a certain range.

1-20 Singles – bet that at least one dart hits the single ring of a certain sector. Click on the dartboard to select sectors. You can bet on up to five sectors in one 1-20 Singles bet. Regardless of the amount of sectors included in this type of bet, it still only counts as one bet in regard to the maximum number of bets allowed per game.

Please note that you cannot have more than four different bets.

When finished placing bets, click Throw to throw the darts. If any of your bets win, you will get the appropriate payout. To place the same bets again, click Rebet .

Jackpot:

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 25000 x your jackpot bet size.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 12%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Three darts in the bullseye or outer bull
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place a bet on the jackpot result

In addition, the jackpot bet pays 20 times?your bet if one dart hits the bullseye or outer bull, and 2000 times your bet if two darts hit the bullseye or outer bull.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it).
ESC Exit the game and go back to the lobby.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balance Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window, where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real Money This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You will be automatically directed to the game that was interrupted so you can continue playing.

Lotto Madness

Lotto Madness

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Lotto Madness is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you
get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must occur from left to right, otherwise it is not paid.

Wild symbol:

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more of them on the game field, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

Bonus symbol

When you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels, you are taken to the bonus round. There you get to spin the Crazy Wheel to find your combination of free spins and prize multipliers.

If you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels during a free spin, you are not taken to the bonus round – instead the game randomly selects one of the possible outcomes of the bonus round and adds the corresponding amount of free spins to the existing ones. Your win multiplier does not change.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Increase the line bet by one coin.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options
allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay
allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support
lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

A Night Out

A Night Out

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of A Night Out is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout. If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row. The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more of them on the game field, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

Bonus symbol

When you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels, you are taken to the bonus round. There you get to choose the amount of free spins you get and your win multiplier for those spins. The number of free spins ranges from 2 to 20 and the multiplier from 2 to 10.

If you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels during a free spin, you are not taken to the bonus round – instead the game randomly selects one of the possible outcomes of the bonus round and adds the corresponding amount of free spins to the existing ones. Your win multiplier does not change.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each Jackpot bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Increase the line bet by one coin.
Bet Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Autoplay
    allows you to automate gameplay.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • Close/LobbyClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Megaball

Megaball

Megaball is eight-games-in-one where each game is a different betting strategy. Every minute six balls are drawn to determine the winning combinations. You can play one betting strategy or up to 10 at a time.

In the center of the game screen a choice of eight games is available – each game offers a different betting strategy. Click any of them then follow the displayed instructions. Each game offers you the choice to play for one drawing or multiple drawings (up to 50 repetitions).

A table displays your active bets at the bottom of the screen. After you have submitted all of your bets, you can click on each bet in the table to modify or delete it.

A clock displaying the time remaining until the start of the next draw is displayed at the top of the screen. During the last 10 seconds of the countdown, you cannot place a bet (the Confirm button will no longer be displayed). Wait until the Confirm button appears then you can place a bet for the next drawing.

Jackpot

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 20 000 x your jackpot bet size.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 85%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Five balls match.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the jackpot bet.

Buttons and meters on the screen:

Current balance – Your current balance is displayed at the left side of the screen.

Bet – Displays your bet amount for the last draw.

You win – Displays the amount you won on the last draw.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balance Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window, where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real Money This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Megajacks

Megajacks

The object of Megajacks is to obtain a five-card poker hand that contains a winning combination. The better your hand, the bigger the payout (see the paytable on the machine). You choose how many and which of your cards are to be replaced. You may replace your cards only once.

To play the game:

  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button increases your bet by 25. Pressing Bet Max increases your bet to the maximum amount possible – that is 5 x 25 – and deals the cards automatically. You can also click the appropriate column on the winnings table to specify your bet size.
  • Click Deal (if you did not press Bet Max).
  • Choose which cards you wish to keep by pressing the Hold button underneath the card, or by clicking on the card itself.
  • Click Deal to replace the cards that you did not choose to hold.
  • The lowest winning combination is a pair of Jacks: a pair of any lower cards (for example, Tens) is not a winning combination; a pair of any higher cards (for example, Queens) is a winning combination.
  • If you do not obtain a winning combination, the round is over and you can start over. If you do, see the next section.

Progressive jackpot:

Jackpot

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 1 250 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 2%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Royal Flush.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Doubling:

If you end up with a winning hand, you can accept the win (click Collect), or Double it. Should you choose to Double, the dealer draws a face up card and you are given 4 face-down cards to choose from. If you choose a card that turns out to be lower than the dealer’s, you lose your original win. If the cards are equal, it is a tie, and you have the option to collect your original winnings (click Collect) or Double again. If your card is higher, you win double your original win amount. You then have the option to collect your winnings or Double again.

You can also choose to Half Double, which means you only double using half of your winning amount, and deposit the rest into your balance.

You can move the Double window (if enabled in the Options) by dragging it with the mouse. Doubling is a separate game round, and can be viewed as such in the Game History. During doubling the Bet screen displays the amount wagered for doubling. The Win screen displays the win amount for the current round.

Buttons:

Bet Max Bet five coins and deal the cards automatically.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of five). Click Deal to receive your cards after that.
Deal Deal a new hand, or replace cards that you didn’t hold with new ones.
Hold Select the cards you want to keep. Click the button again to release a card. Cards can also be held or released by clicking on them directly.
When doubling, use these buttons to choose the card you want to play.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balance Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window, where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real Money This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Paytable

The paytable shows the win amounts if using $1 coins. Multiply the number in the paytable with your coin value. Number of coins increases from left to right: if you are betting one coin, use the leftmost column, if you are betting two coins use the second column from the left, etc. The rightmost column shows win amounts for Max Bet (five coins).

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Place the same bet as last round and deal the cards.
Numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Hold cards. Number 1 holds the first card from the left; number 2 holds the second card from the left; etc.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You will be automatically directed to the game that was interrupted so you can continue playing.

Progressive Baccarat

Progressive Baccarat

This is a standard game of Baccarat with an additional chance to win a progressive jackpot. We offer six deck Baccarat.

To play the game:

  • Click on a chip of desired value to select it. Then move your cursor to the middle of the screen and click on any of the three areas on the table (Player, Banker or Tie) to place your bet there.
    • Every click on the area adds one chip to the bet. Select another chip if you wish to increase the bet by some other amount. Right clicking on the area removes one chip. You can place several chips into several areas at the same time.
    • Click on the slot below the Player bet area to place a side bet for the progressive jackpot.
  • The game includes the Player Pair, Banker Pair, Perfect Pair, Either Pair, Big and Small side bets. For rules, see the Side Bets section below.
  • Click the Deal button.

Cards are now dealt and you will see the game result. Click New Game if you wish to play again. Place your bets as described above and click Deal. You can also click Rebet to place the same bet as in the previous round.

At the top of the screen is the progressive jackpot ticker. It shows the jackpot amount that you can win on your current side bet. If you were playing for less than the maximum side bet amount, you get part of the jackpot fund (in the proportion of your side bet to the maximum side bet).

Below the ticker is the jackpot paytable button – click it to open the paytable, click again to close it. Each listed combination shows the payout, which is multiplied by your progressive bet to determine the win amount. The top combination wins the amount shown on the ticker.

Side bets

A side bet is a wager you can make beyond the regular game bets on Player, Banker or Tie. Side bets can only be placed during the first betting round. The following is a description of the available side bets:

Player Pair / Banker Pair / Either Pair / Perfect Pair / Big / Small

The side bet rules are the following:

  • The Player Pair, Banker Pair, or Either Pair side bets win according to the payout table if the first two cards drawn by the dealer form a pair on the respective position.
  • The Perfect Pair side bet wins according to the payout table if the first two Player or Banker cards form a pair of the same suit, for example a pair of 7 of Diamonds.
  • The Big side bet wins according to the payout table if the total number of cards dealt between Player and Banker is 5 or 6.
  • The Small side bet wins according to the payout table if the total number of cards dealt between Player and Banker is 4.
  • The side bet is not associated with the regular game bets. You can wager a regular game bet on the Player position but a side bet on the Banker Pair, and vice versa.
  • You can also place side bets without placing any regular bets.

Jackpot

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10000 x your jackpot bet size.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 7%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Both player and dealer have Ace and 8, all four cards of the same suit.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Deal Deal out the cards.
Rebet Place the same bet as in the previous round and deal the cards.
New Game Start a new game round.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balance Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window, where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real Money This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tab between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Click the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Start a new game round, press again to rebet as well.
Numbers keys Select a chip. Different number keys select different chips. The number of functioning keys depends on the chips allowed for the current player and can be subject to change.
ESC Exit the game and go back to the lobby.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Punisher War Zone

Punisher War Zone

5-Reel 20-line slots

The object of Punisher War Zone is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • Collective bonus screen describes the conditions necessary to win Free Games and explains the collective bonus behavior.
    • The Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot screen describes how to win entry to the Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot game that wins one of four jackpots, and explains the game’s rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter and Collective Bonus, to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for two or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the Paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wilds is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

Scatter symbol

ScatterThe Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are 2 or more Scatters in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings.

Collective Bonus symbol

Collective BonusIf the Collective Bonus symbol appears anywhere on a reel, a skull is added to the bottom of that reel. Four skulls collected under any reel pay four times the total bet and win 5 Free Games with multiplier X2. A multiplier means that any win is multiplied by that number. If more than one reel collects four skulls at the end of a single spin, then for every full reel the player wins four times the total bet and 5 Free Games. The Free Games will be played with X2 multiplier.

The number of skulls at the bottom of reels remains the same if you exit and re-enter the game. Skull collection is per total bet. Skulls are counted separately for every total bet played. When returning to a previously used total bet, the skull states are restored.

Free Games

To start the Free Games, click on Click to Start. A message appears counting up the number of Free Games won and displaying the multiplier. After a short pause, the Free Games begin automatically.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free games. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

If the Collective Bonus symbol appears anywhere on the reels during Free Games, 5 additional Free Games with the same multiplier are added to the existing ones.

If the Free Games are triggered during the Auto Start mode, the feature begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. When all Free Games have been played and the player clicks Continue on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Start mode resumes.

Marvel Mystery Jackpot

Marvel Mystery Jackpot is a multi-level progressive jackpot game that is available in all Marvel slot games and is linked to all Marvel slot games.

The trigger that starts the Jackpot sidegame is random and can occur after any spin in any of the linked games. It is not caused by any symbol combination in the linked games and even the bets that do not win anything in the main gameplay can trigger the Jackpot minigame. Likewise, any bet with any size in the linked games can trigger the Jackpot sidegame, although the chances increase or decrease proportionally to the bet size.

There are four different levels of jackpots that you can win: Power Jackpot, Extra Power Jackpot, Super Power Jackpot and Ultimate Power Jackpot. Different types of jackpots hold different prize amounts. The jackpot gamescreen contains 20 squares which in the beginning of the gameplay are turned upside down. Clicking on a square will turn it around and reveal the jackpot symbol on the other side. Once you have found three matching symbols, you win the jackpot that corresponds to these symbols.

The Marvel Mystery Jackpot game also has a timeout timer. This means that if you do not pick a square in a set amount of time, the squares will be picked randomly for you.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): Power: $50
Extra Power: $500
Super Power: $5,000
Ultimate Power: $100,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 0.99%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Match 3 jackpot symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a Marvel slot game.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a bonus round or free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Queen of the Pyramids

Queen of the Pyramids

5-Reel Multiline Slots

The object of the game is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons. This will be the amount you bet on one line, called line bet.
  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on line number 5 for example, you also select lines 1-4. Each click on the Bet One buttons selects one more line. Click Bet Max or line number 9 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. For example, if you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel, to qualify as hits.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Wild symbol:

The pharaoh symbol is a wild symbol – meaning it stands for any other symbol, like a joker in card games. The exceptions are the bonus and scatter symbols, which the wild symbol does not replace.

Progressive Jackpot:

Jackpot

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 40000 x coin size.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Five wild symbols on an active payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Bonus Round:

To access the Bonus Round, you must get three unicorns on a payline. The number you get on the Bonus Round Wheel is multiplied with your line bet to calculate your winning amount. During Super Payout mode your winning is multiplied by five.

Scatter symbol, Free Spins and Super Payout mode:

The scorpion is a scatter symbol – when you get 3, 4 or 5 of these symbols on the screen, you get a number of Free Spins. During the Free Spins the line bet and the number of selected lines is the same as during your last spin. Free Spins also activate the Super Payout mode – all your wins are multiplied by five (except the progressive jackpot). If you enter the bonus round during Super Payout mode, the bonus round win is also multiplied by five.

You can get more free spins on a free spin.

Note: when you exit the game, your existing Free Spins are lost.

Buttons:

Paytable Click here to see the paytable. Click again to close it.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of nine), activating another payline each time. Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet nine coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Silver Bullet

Silver Bullet

5-Reel Multiline Slots

The object of Silver Bullet is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the amount you wish to bet on each payline, by clicking on the + and buttons on the right.
  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on line number 3 for example, you also select lines 1 and 2. Each click on the Bet One button selects one more line. Click Bet Max or line number 9 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. For example, if you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost or rightmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel, to qualify as hits. In case one payline contains two winning combinations (for example: two barrels counted from the left and three bottles counted from the right), you are paid for both combinations. If you have five symbols in a row, you are only paid once.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Wild symbol:

The sheriff badge symbol is a wild symbol – meaning it stands for any other symbol, like a joker in card games. Also, the wild symbol doubles any win in the combination it is in, but not cumulatively (that is, two wild symbols still multiply the win by 2 and not by 4).

Scatter symbol

The Colt revolver symbol is a scatter symbol – when you get 2 to 5 of these symbols on the screen, you are paid according to the table shown on the winnings table (scatter win is calculated by multiplying the number on the respective row of the scatter paytable with your TOTAL bet, not just the line bet). The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel. They don’t have to follow any payline. Scatter wins are added to payline wins (if you don’t have any payline wins, you are only paid the scatter win).

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Click here to see the paytable. Click again to close it.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of nine), activating another payline each time. Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet nine coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Autoplay
    allows you to automate gameplay.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • Close/LobbyClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Stravaganza

Stravaganza

Stravaganza is a card game, played with 5 decks. The object of the game is to have a point total higher than the dealer. Card values are similar to Blackjack: number cards count at face value, picture cards are worth 10 points, and the Ace is worth 1 point. However, unlike Blackjack, you cannot bust. The more points you have, the better.

To play the game:

  • Click on chips to increase your bet. Every click on a chip increases your bet by the chip value, and every right-click decreases the bet. Your bet will appear on the table, in the area marked PLAY.
  • Click the Deal button. You will be dealt two cards face up, and the dealer will be dealt three cards face down.
  • Depending on your point total, you have the following options:
    • Money back – get your full bet back, and end the round. You can do this if your point total is 5 or less.
    • Rescue bet – get half of your bet back, and end the round. You can do this if your point total is between 6 and 9.
    • Sit – keep playing with two cards and your original bet. You can do this if your point total is 10 or more.
    • Play on – place a second bet (same size as the first), get a third card, and keep playing. You can always do this.
  • The dealer reveals his hand.
    • If the dealer’s point total is higher than yours, you lose both bets.
    • If your point total is higher than the dealer’s, you win 1:1 on both bets.
    • If the dealer’s hand includes a red ace as the first card, you lose your first bet. If you’ve placed a second bet, you get that back. The point totals are irrelevant.
    • If the dealer’s hand includes a red ace as the second or third card, you lose both bets. This overrides the previous rule. The point totals are irrelevant.
  • Please note that you will need an additional bet to Play On. If your balance does not have enough money to place this bet, the button will be disabled.
  • If you want to play another round, press New Game. Then place a bet as described above and click the Deal button, or click Rebet to place the same bet as in the previous round.

Bonus payouts:

It is possible to get a bonus win on your three-card hand. Please note that bonus wins pay only on your first bet, although you have to Play On and place the second bet to get a third card!

  • If your hand makes up Three of a Kind (three cards of the same rank), you get a payout of 3x the Play bet.
  • If your hand contains three face cards (of any rank), you get a payout of 1.5x the Play bet.

Progressive Jackpot Side Bet:

In this game, you have the option of making an additional bet to try and win a jackpot. Click on the coin slit above the bet areas to place the side bet. The blinking light above the slit will turn green. The cost of the side bet is $1 (or equivalent in your currency), out of which a certain percentage goes to the progressive jackpot pool. If you get a winning card combination as described in the Progressive paytable, you get an additional payout. The highest progressive payout is the progressive jackpot and is won upon receiving 3 Kings of Hearts. Progressive wins are awarded at the end of the game round.

The Progressive paytable is displayed when you click on Show Paytable on the left side of the screen, just under the ticker that shows the current size of the jackpot.

Jackpot

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10000 x your jackpot bet size.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 15%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): 3 Kings of Hearts in the player’s hand.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Deal Deal the cards.
Money back Get your first bet back. This is possible if you have 5 points or less.
Rescue bet Get half of your first bet back. This is possible if you have 6 – 9 points.
Sit Keep playing with your two cards. This is possible if you have 10 points or more.
Play On Place a second bet, the same size as your first bet, and get a third card. Then play against the dealer’s hand.
New Game Start a new game round.
Rebet Place the same bet as in the previous round and deal the cards.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balance Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window, where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real Money This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Click the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Start a new game round, press again to rebet as well.
Numbers keys Raise your bet. Different number keys raise your bet by a different chip value. The number of functioning keys depends on the chips allowed for the current player and can be subject to change.
ESC Exit the game and go back to the lobby.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You will be automatically directed to the game that was interrupted so you can continue playing.

Thrill Seekers

Thrill Seekers

5-Reel 50-line Slots

The object of Thrill Seekers is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Lines +1 button to add a payline, click the Lines +5 button to add the next five paylines, or use the colored buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not click Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. You can click the Paytable button to view the paytable. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.
If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row.

Wild symbol:

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol (except Scatter and Bonus), to form the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there arethree or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you getfree spins (no money is deducted from your balance for them). The number of free spins awarded for each number of scatter symbols is shown on the paytable. You can win more free spins during a free spin. All money wins during a free spin are doubled compared to the usual payout.

Bonus symbol

When you get three or more Bonus symbols on an active payline, you are taken to the bonus round. Your bonus win amount depends on how many bonus symbols you got, and varies between 20 times and 3000 times your line bet.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Increase the line bet by one coin.
Lines +1 Activate one more payline.
Lines +5 Activate the next five paylines.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Autoplay
    allows you to automate gameplay.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • Close/LobbyClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

The page you are looking for does not exist

X-Men

X-Men

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of X-Men is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The X-Feature screen shows the necessary symbol combinations to trigger the X-Feature.
    • The Free Games screen gives an overview of the Heroes and Villains modes in Free Games. For more information on the two modes, enter Heroes Mode page or Villains Mode page
    • The Heroes Mode screen explains the rules of Heroes Mode in Free Games.
    • The Villains Mode screen explains the rules of Villains Mode in Free Games.
    • The Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot screen describes how to win entry to the Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot game that wins one of four jackpots, and explains the game’s rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol (Wild) can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination.

Please note: There is also a separate payout for 2 or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win, if the win amount from Wild symbols is larger than the win from the regular symbol (by Wild standing in).

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols (X-Men logos) do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned and added to payline winnings. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

If 3 or more Scatters appear on the reels simultaneously, regardless of position, Free Games are initiated.

Free Games

If the mode is triggered, then you must first click Click to Start, which reveals the entrance screen to Free Games. Click Continue to begin Free Games.

Free Games are played in two modes: Heroes Mode and Villains Mode. Free Games begin in Heroes Mode. Heroes Mode is played with an unlimited number of free spins. Villains Mode is played with 8 free spins. When Magneto appears anywhere on reel #3 during Heroes Mode, Heroes Mode stops and Villains Mode begins. When Prof. X appears anywhere on reel #3 during Villains Mode, Villains Mode stops and Heroes Mode begins. The 8 free spins in Villains Mode are cumulative, meaning that all together, only 8 free spins will be played in Villains Mode before the Free Games end and the main game resumes.

In Heroes Mode, the only symbols on the reels are the hero symbols, the Wild symbol, and the Magneto symbol. The Magneto symbol counts as an extra Wild symbol. In theory it is possible to have an infinite number of free spins in the Heroes Mode if the Villains Mode is never triggered.

In Villains Mode, the only symbols on the reels are the villain symbols, the Wild symbol, and the Professor X symbol. The Professor X symbol counts as an extra Wild symbol. After every spin, one free spin is subtracted from that count. When the number reaches zero, the Free Games ends.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free games. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

The X-Feature

The X-Feature is triggered when any of the hero symbols, in whatever combination, occupy the 5 symbol locations on the reels #2, #3 and #4 as specified in the Info page. When the X-Feature is triggered, it immediately adds 5X the total bet to the player’s winnings in addition to all other winnings.

The X-Feature cannot be triggered during Free Games.

Marvel Mystery Jackpot

Marvel Mystery Jackpot is a multi-level progressive jackpot game that is available in all Marvel slot games and is linked to all Marvel slot games.

The trigger that starts the Jackpot sidegame is random and can occur after any spin in any of the linked games. It is not caused by any symbol combination in the linked games and even the bets that do not win anything in the main gameplay can trigger the Jackpot minigame. Likewise, any bet with any size in the linked games can trigger the Jackpot sidegame, although the chances increase or decrease proportionally to the bet size.

There are four different levels of jackpots that you can win: Power Jackpot, Extra Power Jackpot, Super Power Jackpot and Ultimate Power Jackpot. Different types of jackpots hold different prize amounts. The jackpot gamescreen contains 20 squares which in the beginning of the gameplay are turned upside down. Clicking on a square will turn it around and reveal the jackpot symbol on the other side. Once you have found three matching symbols, you win the jackpot that corresponds to these symbols.

The Marvel Mystery Jackpot game also has a timeout timer. This means that if you do not pick a square in a set amount of time, the squares will be picked randomly for you.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): Power: $50
Extra Power: $500
Super Power: $5,000
Ultimate Power: $100,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 0.99%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Match 3 jackpot symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a Marvel slot game.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

What's Cooking

What’s Cooking

5-Reel 30-line Slots

The object of What’s Cooking is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet per line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select lines button to add a payline, or use the buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Back button. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter and the Bonus symbols are an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more of them on the game field, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet.

Bonus symbol

When you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels, you are taken to the bonus round. There you get to choose the amount of free spins you get and your win multiplier for those spins. The number of free spins ranges from 3 to 20 and the multiplier from 2 to 10.

If you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels during a free spin, you are not taken to the bonus round – instead the game randomly selects one of the possible outcomes of the bonus round and adds the corresponding amount of free spins to the existing ones. Your win multiplier does not change.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet per Line Increase the line bet by one coin.
Select lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Autoplay
    allows you to automate gameplay.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • Close/LobbyClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Wanted Dead or Alive

Wanted Dead or Alive

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Wanted Dead or Alive is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the colored buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not click Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. You can click the Paytable button to view the paytable. Close the pay table by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.

If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol (except Scatter and Bonus), to form the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols (cash sacks) do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there arethree or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you getto pick a prize. Click on one of the cash sacks to collect your prize – each symbol is worth a different amount. The more Scatter symbols are on screen, the higher the prizes.

Bonus symbol

If you get Bonus symbols scattered on the first and last reels, you are taken to the bonus round. There you are given 6 bullets to shoot the villain, who is hiding in one of 6 locations. The fewer bullets you use, the higher your prize.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet per Line Increase the line bet by one coin.
Select lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

8 Ball Slots

8-Ball Slots

3-Reel Max Bet 2 Slots

The object of 8-Ball is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

There are two kinds of balls in 8-Ball: striped and solid. The highest symbol is the Number 8 Ball, which is neither solid nor striped.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Click Bet One to wager one coin, click Bet Max to wager two coins and spin the reels automatically.
  • You can also bet by clicking on the corresponding column in the paytable (the left column bets one coin, the right column bets two coins). Using the wintable also spins the reels.
  • Pressing Bet Max will increase your bet to the maximum amount possible – that is two coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) – and spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max or use the paytable), or the arm to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine).

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one to two coins (click one to two times). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet two coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) with one click and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.
Chat You cannot use the chat feature to chat with other players, since this is a single player game. However, you can answer the casino administration, in case they start a dialogue.
History See the game history – dates, bets and results of your previous game rounds.
Help Open the help file (which you are reading right now).
Options Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings.
Cashier This button appears only in Real Money mode. Click it to go to the Cashier. The Cashier enables you to deposit or withdraw money, view your transaction history, etc.
Play For Real Money This button appears only in Fun Mode. Clicking this will take you to the Real Money mode account creation page. If you already have a Real Money mode account, it will take you to the Real Money mode Login screen.
Lobby Press this to exit the game and go back to the lobby. You can’t exit in the middle of a game round.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tabs between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Selects the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Alchemist's Lab

Alchemist’s Lab

3-Reel Slots with a Bonus Game

The object of Alchemist’s Lab games is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Click Bet One, Bet Two or Bet Max (=three) to select the number of $1 coins you wish to wager. The reels start to spin.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine).

Bonus Game:

Bonus Slot Machines contain a bonus game. To access the bonus game, you must obtain three book symbols. In the bonus game, click three bottles on the screen. You will then win an amount depending on your selection of bottles.

Buttons:

Bet One Bet one coin and spin the reels.
Bet Two Bet two coins and spin the reels.
Bet Max Bet all three coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) and spin the reels.
Chat You cannot use the chat feature to chat with other players, since this is a single player game. However, you can answer the casino administration, in case they start a dialogue.
History See the game history – dates, bets and results of your previous game rounds.
Help Open the help file (which you are reading right now).
Options Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings.
Cashier This button appears only in Real Money mode. Click it to go to the Cashier. The Cashier enables you to deposit or withdraw money, view your transaction history, etc.
Play For Real Money This button appears only in Fun Mode. Clicking this will take you to the Real Money mode account creation page. If you already have a Real Money mode account, it will take you to the Real Money mode Login screen.
Lobby Press this to exit the game and go back to the lobby. You can’t exit in the middle of a game round.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tab between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Click the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Start a new game round.
Number keys Raise your bet. Different number keys raise by different amount. The number of functioning keys depends on the chips allowed for the current player and can be subject to change.
ESC Exit the game and go back to the lobby.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You will be automatically directed to the game that was interrupted so you can continue playing.

Bermuda Triangle

Bermuda Triangle

3-Reel 5-Line Slots

The object of the game is to obtain a winning symbol combination on a payline by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button wagers one more coin. And every coin you wager activates one payline. You win only for combinations on an activated payline. Pressing Bet Max increases the number of paylines to the maximum amount possible – that is five paylines (or less, if you do not have enough balance) – and spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max), or the arm to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine). If you win on several paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one to five coins (click one to five times). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet all five coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) with one click and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.
Chat You cannot use the chat feature to chat with other players, since this is a single player game. However, you can answer the casino administration, in case they start a dialogue.
History See the game history – dates, bets and results of your previous game rounds.
Help Open the help file (which you are reading right now).
Options Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings.
Cashier This button appears only in Real Money mode. Click it to go to the Cashier. The Cashier enables you to deposit or withdraw money, view your transaction history, etc.
Play For Real Money This button appears only in Fun Mode. Clicking this will take you to the Real Money mode account creation page. If you already have a Real Money mode account, it will take you to the Real Money mode Login screen.
Lobby Press this to exit the game and go back to the lobby. You can’t exit in the middle of a game round.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tabs between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Selects the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Crazy 7

Crazy 7

3-Reel Standard Slots

The object of the game is to obtain a winning symbol combination on a payline by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button increases your bet by one coin.
  • You can also bet by clicking on the corresponding column in the paytable (the leftmost column bets one coin, the middle column bets two and the rightmost column bet three coins). Using the wintable also spins the reels.
  • Pressing Bet Max will increase your bet to the maximum amount possible – that is three coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) – and spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max or use the paytable), or the arm to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine).

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one to three coins (click one to three times). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet all three coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) with one click and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.
Chat You cannot use the chat feature to chat with other players, since this is a single player game. However, you can answer the casino administration, in case they start a dialogue.
History See the game history – dates, bets and results of your previous game rounds.
Help Open the help file (which you are reading right now).
Options Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings.
Cashier This button appears only in Real Money mode. Click it to go to the Cashier. The Cashier enables you to deposit or withdraw money, view your transaction history, etc.
Play For Real Money This button appears only in Fun Mode. Clicking this will take you to the Real Money mode account creation page. If you already have a Real Money mode account, it will take you to the Real Money mode Login screen.
Lobby Press this to exit the game and go back to the lobby. You can’t exit in the middle of a game round.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tabs between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Selects the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Fountain of Youth

Fountain of Youth

3-Reel 3-Line Slots

The object of Fountain of Youth is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button wagers one more coin. And every coin you wager, activates one payline. You win only for combinations on an activated payline. Pressing Bet Max increases the number of paylines to the maximum – that is three lines (or less, if you do not have enough balance) – and spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max), or the arm to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along an activated payline), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine). To get the winning amount, multiply your coin value with the number in the winnings table (on the appropriate row). If you win on multiple lines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one to three coins (click one to three times). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet all three coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) with one click and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.
Chat You cannot use the chat feature to chat with other players, since this is a single player game. However, you can answer the casino administration, in case they start a dialogue.
History See the game history – dates, bets and results of your previous game rounds.
Help Open the help file (which you are reading right now).
Options Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings.
Cashier This button appears only in Real Money mode. Click it to go to the Cashier. The Cashier enables you to deposit or withdraw money, view your transaction history, etc.
Play For Real Money This button appears only in Fun Mode. Clicking this will take you to the Real Money mode account creation page. If you already have a Real Money mode account, it will take you to the Real Money mode Login screen.
Lobby Press this to exit the game and go back to the lobby. You can’t exit in the middle of a game round.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tabs between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Selects the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Funky Monkey

Funky Monkey

3-Reel Standard Slots

The object of the game is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button increases your bet by one coin.
  • You can also bet by clicking on the corresponding column in the paytable (the leftmost column bets one coin, the middle column bets two and the rightmost column bet three coins). Using the wintable also spins the reels.
  • Pressing Bet Max will increase your bet to the maximum amount possible – that is three coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) – and spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max or use the paytable), or the arm to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine).

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one to three coins (click one to three times). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet all three coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) with one click and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.
Chat You cannot use the chat feature to chat with other players, since this is a single player game. However, you can answer the casino administration, in case they start a dialogue.
History See the game history – dates, bets and results of your previous game rounds.
Help Open the help file (which you are reading right now).
Options Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings.
Cashier This button appears only in Real Money mode. Click it to go to the Cashier. The Cashier enables you to deposit or withdraw money, view your transaction history, etc.
Play For Real Money This button appears only in Fun Mode. Clicking this will take you to the Real Money mode account creation page. If you already have a Real Money mode account, it will take you to the Real Money mode Login screen.
Lobby Press this to exit the game and go back to the lobby. You can’t exit in the middle of a game round.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tabs between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Selects the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Haunted House

Haunted House

3-Reel 5-Line Slots

The object of the game is to obtain a winning symbol combination on a payline by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button wagers one more coin. And every coin you wager activates one payline. You win only for combinations on an activated payline. Pressing Bet Max increases the number of paylines to the maximum amount possible – that is five paylines (or less, if you do not have enough balance) – and spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max), or the arm to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine). If you win on several paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one to five coins (click one to five times). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet all five coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) with one click and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.
Chat You cannot use the chat feature to chat with other players, since this is a single player game. However, you can answer the casino administration, in case they start a dialogue.
History See the game history – dates, bets and results of your previous game rounds.
Help Open the help file (which you are reading right now).
Options Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings.
Cashier This button appears only in Real Money mode. Click it to go to the Cashier. The Cashier enables you to deposit or withdraw money, view your transaction history, etc.
Play For Real Money This button appears only in Fun Mode. Clicking this will take you to the Real Money mode account creation page. If you already have a Real Money mode account, it will take you to the Real Money mode Login screen.
Lobby Press this to exit the game and go back to the lobby. You can’t exit in the middle of a game round.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tabs between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Selects the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Jungle Boogie

Jungle Boogie

3-Reel Standard Slots

The object of the game is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button increases your bet by one coin.
  • You can also bet by clicking on the corresponding column in the paytable (the leftmost column bets one coin, the middle column bets two and the rightmost column bet three coins). Using the wintable also spins the reels.
  • Pressing Bet Max will increase your bet to the maximum amount possible – that is three coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) – and spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max or use the paytable), or the arm to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine).

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one to three coins (click one to three times). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet all three coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) with one click and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.
Chat You cannot use the chat feature to chat with other players, since this is a single player game. However, you can answer the casino administration, in case they start a dialogue.
History See the game history – dates, bets and results of your previous game rounds.
Help Open the help file (which you are reading right now).
Options Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings.
Cashier This button appears only in Real Money mode. Click it to go to the Cashier. The Cashier enables you to deposit or withdraw money, view your transaction history, etc.
Play For Real Money This button appears only in Fun Mode. Clicking this will take you to the Real Money mode account creation page. If you already have a Real Money mode account, it will take you to the Real Money mode Login screen.
Lobby Press this to exit the game and go back to the lobby. You can’t exit in the middle of a game round.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tabs between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Selects the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Tres Amigos

Tres Amigos

3-Reel Max Bet 2 Slots

The object of Tres Amigos is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the coin size, not the line bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Click Bet One to bet one coin, or Bet Max to bet two coins and spin the reels automatically.
  • You can also bet by clicking on the corresponding column in the paytable (the left column bets one coin, the right column bets two coins). The reels will start to spin automatically.
  • Clicking Bet Max increases your bet to the maximum – that is, two coins – and spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max or use the paytable), or click on the arm, to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the paytable.

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet to two coins. Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet two coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu. Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Sultan's Fortune

Sultan’s Fortune

3-Reel Max Bet 2 Slots

The object of Sultan’s Fortune is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

“Any 3” means getting a symbol on all three reels. Sometimes the reel stops with the payline between the symbols, in that case you do not have “Any 3”.

Sultan’s Fortune has a wild symbol – the hat and wand. It stands for any other symbol (like a joker in some card games). If there is a wild symbol in a winning combination, the winning is multiplied by 2, two wild symbols multiply the win by 4.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the coin size, not the line bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Click Bet One to bet one coin, or Bet Max to bet two coins and spin the reels automatically.
  • You can also bet by clicking on the corresponding column in the paytable (the left column bets one coin, the right column bets two coins). The reels will start to spin automatically.
  • Clicking Bet Max increases your bet to the maximum – that is, two coins – and spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max or use the paytable), or click on the arm, to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the paytable.

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet to two coins. Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet two coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu. Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Reel Classic 5

Reel Classic 5

5-Reel 5-Line Slots

The object of Reel Classic 5 is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Select the lines you want to bet on by clicking on the arrowheads left of the reels. To unselect a line, click the arrowhead again. Click 5 Lines to select all five paylines.
  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet or Max Bet to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet button increases your bet by the value of the coin you selected. Pressing Max Bet will increase your bet to the maximum amount possible – that is four coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) – and spin the reels automatically. Remember that the total bet (that is, the sum extracted from your credit) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max), or the arm to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine). If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. If you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. The symbols have to lie consequtively, starting from the leftmost reel, to qualify as hits.

Buttons:

Max Bets Bet all four coins with one click and spin the reels automatically.
Bet Bet one to four coins (click one to four times). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
5 Lines Select all 5 lines.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu. Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Rock n Roller

Rock ‘n’ Roller

3-Reel 5-Line Slots

The object of Rock ‘n’ Roller is to obtain a winning symbol combination on a payline by spinning the reels.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the coin size, not the line bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button adds another coin to the bet. One payline is activated for every coin you bet. You will only win if a combination occurs on an activated payline. Clicking Bet Max increases the number of paylines to the maximum – that is, five paylines – and spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max), or click on the arm, to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along an activated payline), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine). To find the winning amount, multiply your coin value with the number in the winnings table (on the appropriate row). If you win on multiple lines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of five). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet three coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu. Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Neptune's Kingdom

Neptune’s Kingdom

3-Reel 5-Line Slots

The object of the game is to obtain a winning symbol combination on a payline by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button wagers one more coin. And every coin you wager activates one payline. You win only for combinations on an activated payline. Pressing Bet Max increases the number of paylines to the maximum amount possible – that is five paylines (or less, if you do not have enough balance) – and spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max), or the arm to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table (see the top panel of the machine). If you win on several paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one to five coins (click one to five times). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet all five coins (or less, if you do not have enough balance) with one click and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.
Chat You cannot use the chat feature to chat with other players, since this is a single player game. However, you can answer the casino administration, in case they start a dialogue.
History See the game history – dates, bets and results of your previous game rounds.
Help Open the help file (which you are reading right now).
Options Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings.
Cashier This button appears only in Real Money mode. Click it to go to the Cashier. The Cashier enables you to deposit or withdraw money, view your transaction history, etc.
Play For Real Money This button appears only in Fun Mode. Clicking this will take you to the Real Money mode account creation page. If you already have a Real Money mode account, it will take you to the Real Money mode Login screen.
Lobby Press this to exit the game and go back to the lobby. You can’t exit in the middle of a game round.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Tabs between the buttons on the screen.
ENTER Selects the button that is currently highlighted.
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Party Line

Party Line

3-Reel Standard Slots

The object of Party Line is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the coin size, not the line bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button adds another coin to the bet.
  • You can also bet by clicking on the corresponding column in the paytable (the leftmost column bets one coin, the middle column bets two and the rightmost column bets three coins). The reels will start to spin automatically.
  • Clicking Bet Max increases the number of paylines to the maximum – that is, three lines – and spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max or use the paytable), or click on the arm, to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the paytable.

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of three). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet three coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu. Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Reel Classic 3

Reel Classic 3

3-Reel Standard Slots

The object of Reel Classic 3 is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to wager each round, by clicking the + and – buttons on the left of the screen.
  • Click Bet One or Bet Max to select the number of coins you wish to wager. Each click on the Bet One button adds another coin to the bet.
  • You can also bet by clicking on the corresponding column in the paytable (the leftmost column bets one coin, the middle column bets two and the rightmost column bets three coins). The reels will start to spin automatically.
  • Clicking Bet Max increases the number of paylines to the maximum – that is, three lines – and spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max or use the paytable), or click on the arm, to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along the payline), you win according to the paytable.

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of three). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet three coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu. Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spins the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exits the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered to be large wins. Games involving large wins are verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

close
Archer

Archer

5-Reel Slots with All-Ways feature

The objective of Archer is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Bets are chosen by clicking the Bet Multiplier button. The minimum bet is 25 coins. Each click increases the multiplier with one step and adds 25 coins to the bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the bet to 25 coins. Clicking Bet Max plays the game with the maximum bet multiplier.
  • Total bet per game round = minimum bet X bet multiplier.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current bet selection. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Total win = payout value x coin size x bet multiplier. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • Winning symbol combinations can be formed only on adjacent reels starting from left to right. If a symbol has a winning combination on more than one reel, the winnings are added up.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The Win ticker can be stopped by clicking anywhere on the screen.
  • The total win is also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The All-Ways Feature screen explains how wins are paid in this game.
    • The Expand & Split feature screen describes how this feature is triggered and explains its rules.
    • The Free Games screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Free Games feature and describes the Free Games feature rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the payout must be multiplied by the coin size and bet multiplier.
  • If a symbol has a winning combination on more than one reel, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be on consecutive reels.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

All-Ways feature

The All-Ways feature is active at all times during gameplay. When it is active, players bet on combinations between adjacent reels, not paylines, beginning with the leftmost reel. There are 243 possible winning combinations on the reels of a 3×5 slot machine. In Archer, all 243 combinations are active and the player is betting on all of them.

The minimum bet is 25 coins. The payout values in the paytable are applied to 1 coin. The total bet is equal to the minimum bet times the bet multiplier. All wins are multiplied by the chosen bet multiplier.

Click on the Bet Multiplier button to change the bet multiplier.

Click the Bet Max button to play the game with the maximum bet multiplier.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol appears on reels #2, #3 and #4 and can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination.

Scatter symbol

ScatterThree or more Scatters in the spin results earn a payout and award the player 7 Free Games. The payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to the rest of the winnings.

Expand & Split feature

A Scatter symbol on any reel triggers the Expand & Split feature in the main game. It causes any symbol with an arrow border that participates in a winning combination to expand and occupy all positions on the same reel without replacing the symbols there. In that way, two squares occupy two symbols at the same time, allowing for more wins. All wins are paid after all symbols expand. Each shared and expanded symbol is evaluated individually. Wins are paid per symbol and per reel, with the highest combination awarded.

In Free Games, the Scatter is not needed to trigger the feature. Any symbol with an arrow border that participates in a winning combination expands and occupies all positions on the reels without replacing the symbols there, as explained above.

Free Games

Upon winning Free Games, a win message appears showing the number of Free Games won. To start the Free Games, click on Click to Start.

In Free Games, the Expand & Split feature is triggered for any symbol with an arrow border in a winning combination, regardless of whether there is a Scatter symbol on any reel.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that triggered the Free Games. Feature win shows the winnings that were received during the Free Games. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

If there are three or more Scatters anywhere on the reels during Free Games, 7 more Free Games are added to the existing ones.

If the Free Games are triggered during the Auto Start mode, the feature begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. When all Free Games have been played and the player clicks Continue on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Start mode resumes.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings to double them by clicking Red or Black button. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, you have to guess whether the next card that is going to be revealed is red or black. If your guess is correct, you win. If your guess is wrong, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Bet Multiplier Change the bet multiplier.
Bet Max Activate the maximum bet multiplier and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a gamble round, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back to the casino.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Arctic Treasure

Arctic Treasure

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The objective of Arctic Treasure is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the winnings.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Bonus screen describes the necessary combination of symbols to enter the bonus round and describes the bonus round rules.
    • The Free Spins screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Free Spins feature and describes the Free Spins feature rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter and Bonus, to make the best possible winning combination.

Please note: There is also a separate payout for 2 or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win, if the win amount from Wild symbols is larger than the win from the regular symbol (by Wild standing in).

Scatter symbol

ScatterScatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned and added to payline winnings. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

In case of 3 or more Scatter symbols, the player automatically gets 10 free spins with multiplier X3 for all wins during the free spins, except for the Bonus round wins. To start the free spins, click on Click to Start.

During the free spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the free spins. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free games. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during a free spin, 10 additional free spins are added to the existing ones. The win multiplier does not change. Free Game Wins are added to the payline and Scatter wins.

If the Auto Spin Functionality is used (using the Auto Start button), the free games are automatically spun and the Auto spin session is resumed.

Bonus symbol

BonusThe Bonus symbol appears only on reels 1 and 5.

When the bonus symbols appear anywhere on both reels during a main game or a free spin, the Bonus round is triggered. You will be asked to select three of six crystals to reveal various cash prizes. The prizes displayed during the bonus round are already multiplied by the total bet on the spin that initiated the bonus round.

The three prizes are added up to form your total bonus win. The Bonus wins are added to the payline and Scatter wins. For more information about the bonus stages, click Info, and then the right arrow button.

Note: To start the Bonus round, click on Click to Start.

At the end of the bonus round, click Continue to return to the regular slot reels.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings (Double button) to double them. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

You can also choose to bet only half your current winnings (Double Half button) and keep the other half in the Bank. Double Half To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank), if you win.

Bet will show your bet in the Gamble round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a bonus round or the triggering spin, you will be automatically directed to the bonus game after you log back into the casino. In this case, only the winnings from the bonus round are taken to the Gamble round; winnings from the triggering spin are deposited to your balance.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a Gamble round when the dealer’s card is displayed after choosing Double or Double Half, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can finish the Gamble round. If you are disconnected before the dealer’s card is shown, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back to the casino.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

close
Azteca

Azteca

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The objective of Azteca is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the winnings.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Bonus screen describes the necessary combination of symbols to enter the bonus round and describes the bonus round rules.
    • The Free Games screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Free Games feature and describes the Free Games feature rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter and Bonus, to make the best possible winning combination.

There is also a separate payout for two or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win, if the win amount from Wild symbols is larger than the win from the regular symbol (by Wild standing in).

Scatter symbol

ScatterScatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned and added to payline winnings. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

In case of three or more Scatter symbols, the player automatically gets 12 Free Games with multiplier X3 for all wins during the free games, except for the Bonus round wins.

To start the Free Games, click on Click to Start

During the free spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the free spins. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free games. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

Free Game wins are added to the payline and Scatter wins.

If three or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during a free spin, 12 additional Free Games are added to the existing ones. The win multiplier does not change.

If the Auto Spin functionality is used (using the Auto start button), the free games are automatically spun and the Auto spin session is resumed.

Please note: During the Free Games, the Gamble option is not active.

Bonus round

Bonus3 or more Bonus symbols appearing from left to right on an active payline, during main or free game, trigger the Bonus round. 4 Bonus symbols on an active payline multiply the overall Bonus prize by 5. 5 Bonus symbols on an active payline multiply the overall Bonus prize by 27.

In the first Bonus stage, the player collects golden statues, one by one, to win prizes. There are 8 golden statues, 5 of which hide monetary prizes (X5, X10, X15, X20 or X25 times the line bet that won the Bonus game), 2 end the Bonus round (Collect) and 1 statue leads the player to the second stage – the Temple of the Sun. Selecting the statues that display Collect also grants a monetary prize (X10 or X20 times the line bet of the spin that won the Bonus game) but ends the Bonus game immediately. The first two picks of the player are always 2 of the 5 monetary prizes. The wins from the first Bonus stage are already multiplied by the line bet.

If the second stage of the Bonus round, the Temple of the Sun, is triggered, the player selects one of two orbs to win an additional multiplier (X5 or X7) for the amount, collected in the first Bonus stage.

For more information about the Bonus stages, click Info, and then the right arrow button.

To start the bonus round click on Click to Start.

Bonus wins are added to the payline and Scatter wins.

If the Bonus round is triggered during a free spin, the prizes shown are already multiplied by the bet per line on the spin that initiated the free games.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings (Double button) to double them. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

You can also choose to bet only half your current winnings (Double Half button) and keep the other half in the Bank. Double Half To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank), if you win.

Bet will show your bet in the Gamble round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature. Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.

    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a bonus round or free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a bonus round or the triggering spin, you will be automatically directed to the bonus game after you log back into the casino. In this case, only the winnings from the bonus round are taken to the Gamble round; winnings from the triggering spin are deposited to your balance.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a Gamble round when the dealer’s card is displayed after choosing Double or Double Half, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can finish the Gamble round. If you are disconnected before the dealer’s card is shown, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Banana Monkey

Banana Monkey

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The objective of Banana Monkey is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Bonus screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Bonus Game and describes the Bonus game rules.
    • The Free Games screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Free Games feature and describes the Free Games feature rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Clicking Show Paylines on the Paytable page, opens a screen that illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter and Bonus, to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for two or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the Paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win if the win amount from Wilds is larger than the win from the regular symbols (by Wild standing in).

The Wild symbol is stacked on all reels. This means that the Wild symbols lay one on top of the other on each of the reels.

Scatter symbol

ScatterTwo Scatter symbols anywhere in the spin results pay one total bet. Three or more Scatter symbols do not pay. If the Scatter symbol appears anywhere on reels 1, 3 and 5 simultaneously, the Bonus game is triggered.

The Scatter symbol does not appear in Free Games.

Bonus Game

To enter the Progressive Bonus Game, click on Click to Start. A screen appears explaining the rules of the game. Click the Start button to start climbing. Use the arrows on the screen or on the keyboard to jump between the trees and collect as many bananas as possible. At this stage, each collected banana wins a prize that is equal to the total bet. Collecting a banana with ‘X2’ on it, doubles the winnings for each further banana collected. The bananas that you miss are collected into the banana Jackpot basket. If you collect all 25 bananas, you will also receive the money accumulated in the Jackpot from previous Bonus games and return the Jackpot to 0.

The more you enter the Bonus Game, the greater your chances to finish the bonus successfully and collect the Jackpot.

At the end of the Bonus Game, click Continue to go back to the reels.

The Bonus Game cannot be triggered during the Free Games feature.

Bonus symbol

BonusIf the Bonus symbol appears anywhere on a reel, a banana is added to the reel’s basket. Four bananas collected under any reel pay 3 times the total bet and win 8 Free Games.

The number of bananas in the baskets remains the same if you exit and re-enter the game. Banana collection is per total bet. Baskets are filled separately for every total bet played. When returning to a previously used total bet, the basket states are restored.

Free Games

To start the Free Games, click on Click to Start. A message will appear detailing the number of Free Games won.

Scatter symbols do not appear during the Free Games feature. More Wild symbols are added to the Free Game Reels.

During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Spin Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current free spins.

After all free spins have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free spins. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Bonus Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

For every Bonus symbol that appears anywhere on the reels during Free Games, 4 additional Free Games are added to the existing ones.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings (Double button) to double them. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

You can also choose to bet only half your current winnings (Double Half button) and keep the other half in the Bank. Double Half To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank), if you win.

Bet will show your bet in the Gamble round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a bonus round or free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a Gamble round when the dealer’s card is displayed after choosing Double or Double Half, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can finish the Gamble round. If you are disconnected before the dealer’s card is shown, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Blade

Blade

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Blade is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Bonus screen describes the necessary combination of symbols to enter the bonus round and describes the bonus round rules.
    • Free Games screen describes the free game rules.
    • Blade Symbol Split screen explains how the split feature is triggered as well as its behavior.
    • Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot screen describes how to win entry to the Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot game that wins one of four jackpots, and explains the game’s rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Please note: Only active paylines can register wins. The Scatter symbol is an exception to this rule. More information about this symbol can be found below.
  • Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows all game round bets. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet. An exception to this is the Scatter symbol, for which the payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the total bet. If winning combinations occur on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter and Split, to make the best possible winning combination. In addition, two or more Wild symbols on an active payline pay as per the rules of the Paytable.

Scatter symbol

ScatterThe Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are three or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet. If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear on the reels simultaneously, regardless of position, 15 Free Games are awarded with a random multiplier (see below).

In Free Games, the Scatter symbol also serves as an Extra Wild and can stand for any other symbol, except for the Split symbol and the Wild symbol, to make the best possible winning combination. In Free Games, the words ‘EXTRA WILD’ appear on the symbol.

If three or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during Free Games, the player is awarded 15 more Free Games.

Split symbol

SplitIf the Split symbol appears on the 5th reel after a spin, the last symbol in any winning combination will be split into two and will count as two identical symbols. All resulting wins will be paid. This means that combinations of six are possible. The payouts for the combinations of six are detailed in the paytable.

The Split feature is available in the main game and in Free Games. In the main game, all symbols except Scatter can be split. In Free Games, the Scatter symbol can be split when substituting as Extra Wild.

Free Games

3 or more Scatter symbols trigger the Free Games. To begin, the player must click on Click to Start. Once the player clicks to start, a screen appears, granting the player a random initial multiplier of X2, X3, X4 or X5.

A multiplier means that any win is multiplied by that number. The screen changes automatically to the Free Game reels, which then spin automatically.

During the Free Games, the line bet, coin size and number of lines are those last played.

The Free Games have multiplier steps of X2, X3, X4 and X5. If the player wins after a spin, the multiplier is increased by one step (X5 being the highest) and the wins are multiplied by that number. If there is no win after a spin, the multiplier is decreased by one step (X2 being the lowest). The more lines are played, the greater chances the player has of a multiplier increase.

During the Free Games, the Scatter symbol serves also as an Extra Wild, replacing all symbols except for the Split symbol and the Wild symbol. At the end of the Free Games, a special screen detailing the feature wins appears. To return to the main game, click Continue.

Marvel Mystery Jackpot

Marvel Mystery Jackpot is a multi-level progressive jackpot game that is available in all Marvel slot games and is linked to all Marvel slot games.

The trigger that starts the Jackpot sidegame is random and can occur after any spin in any of the linked games. It is not caused by any symbol combination in the linked games and even the bets that do not win anything in the main gameplay can trigger the Jackpot minigame. Likewise, any bet with any size in the linked games can trigger the Jackpot sidegame, although the chances increase or decrease proportionally to the bet size.

There are four different levels of jackpots that you can win: Power Jackpot, Extra Power Jackpot, Super Power Jackpot and Ultimate Power Jackpot. Different types of jackpots hold different prize amounts. The jackpot gamescreen contains 20 squares which in the beginning of the gameplay are turned upside down. Clicking on a square will turn it around and reveal the jackpot symbol on the other side. Once you have found three matching symbols, you win the jackpot that corresponds to these symbols.

he Marvel Mystery Jackpot game also has a timeout timer. This means that if you do not pick a square in a set amount of time, the squares will be picked randomly for you.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): Power: $50
Extra Power: $500
Super Power: $5,000
Ultimate Power: $100,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 0.99%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Match 3 jackpot symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a Marvel slot game.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Bonus Bears

Bonus Bears

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Bonus Bears is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the colored buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not click Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. You can click the Paytable button to view the paytable. You can click the Rules button to view the in-game rules of the game. Click the Game button to go back to the game. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Select Lines button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline. The Scatter symbol and the Substitute symbols are an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter and Substitute symbols below.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout. If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. The winning combination must start from the leftmost reel, and the symbols have to be in a row. The Bear symbol can stand for any other symbol (except Scatter), to form the best possible winning combination.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline in order to be considered as a winning combination; if there are two or more of them anywhere on the game screen, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet. When you get three or more Scatter symbols, you are also taken to the bonus round. In the bonus round, you must select a tree for the bear to climb in search of honey pots. Each honey pot the bear finds awards a prize. The bonus round ends when a beehive is found.

Substitute symbol

When you get Bear symbols on the second, third and fourth reel, you receive 15 free spins and your wins during the free spins are tripled. Free spins are played with the same active lines and line bet as the round that won the free spins.

If you get Bear symbols on the second, third and fourth reels during a free spin, you are awarded an additional amount of free spins to the existing ones. Your win multiplier does not change.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Per Line Increase the line bet by one coin.
Select Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options
allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay
allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support
lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/ Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Cute and Fluffy

Cute & Fluffy

5-Reel 25-line slots

The object of Cute & Fluffy is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, opens the gamble page. Winnings can be doubled by choosing a higher card than that automatically chosen by the dealer. After all wins or ties, players can click Collect or try to double the new amount.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • Collective bonus screen describes the conditions necessary to win Free Games and explains the collective bonus behavior.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter and Collective Bonus, to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for two or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the Paytable.

The Wild symbol is stacked on all reels. This means that the Wild symbols lay one on top of the other on the reels.

Scatter symbol

ScatterThe Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline. If there are three or more Scatter symbols in the results, an additional win is earned. The payout for Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

Collective Bonus symbol

Collective BonusIf the Collective Bonus symbol appears anywhere on a reel, a bone is added to the plate lying at the bottom of that reel. Four bones collected in any plate pay four times the total bet and win 5 Free Games with multiplier X2. A multiplier means that any win is multiplied by that number. If more than one reel collects four bones at the end of a single spin, then the player wins four times the total bet and 5 Free Games times the number of reels that have collected four bones. Free Games will be played with X2 multiplier.

The number of bones in the plates remains the same if you exit and re-enter the game. Bones collection is per total bet. Plates are filled separately for every total bet played. When returning to a previously used total bet, the plate states are restored.

Free Games

To start the free games, click on Click to Start. A message appears counting up the free games won and displaying the multiplier. After a short pause, the Free Games begin automatically.

During the free spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the free spins. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Spin Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current free spins.

After all free spins have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free spins. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Bonus Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

At the end of the Free Games, the Free Game win is displayed. Click on Continue to return to the main game. If the Collective Bonus symbol appears anywhere on the reels during a free game, 5 additional Free Games with the same multiplier are added to the existing ones.

Please note: During the Free Games, the Gamble option is disabled.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings (Double button) to double them. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win. You can also choose to bet only half your current winnings (Double Half button) and keep the other half in the Bank. Double Half To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank), if you win.

Bet will show your bet in the Gamble round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a bonus round or free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a Gamble round when the dealer’s card is displayed after choosing Double or Double Half, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can finish the Gamble round. If you are disconnected before the dealer’s card is shown, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Captain's Treasure Pro

Captain’s Treasure Pro

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Captain’s Treasure Pro is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the winnings.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Free Spins screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Free Spins feature and describes the Free Spins feature rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols (Treasure chest) do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned and added to payline winnings. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

The Scatter symbol can also stand for any other symbol to make the best possible winning combination. The Scatter symbol substitutes on any payline only when the payline contains any number of regular symbols that would win with the Scatter symbol(s) standing in.

Free Spins

When three or more Scatter symbols (Treasure chest) appear anywhere on the reels, the player wins 10 free spins. Click Start Bonus to continue to the free spins. The free spins wins are added to the payline and scatter wins of the triggering spin.

Before the free spins commence, one of the regular reel symbols, except Scatter, is randomly chosen and transformed into a Mystery Scatter symbol for the duration of the free spins. During the free spins, the Mystery Scatter symbol wins according to the payout of the original symbol but the symbols do not have to start from the left-most reel or appear on consecutive reels. When a winning number of Mystery Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels, the other positions on those reels will be also covered by the Mystery Scatter symbols. All active paylines will then pay according to the Mystery Scatter winning combination and their winnings are added to regular payline wins from the free spin. During the free spins, the Scatter symbol does not substitute for the Mystery Scatter symbol.

During the free spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the free spins. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Spin Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current free spins.

After all free spins have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free spins. Bonus win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Bonus Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

If three or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during the free spins, 10 additional free spins are added to the remaining ones. The Mystery Scatter does not change when more free spins are added during the free spins.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings (Double button) to double them. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

You can also choose to bet only half your current winnings (Double Half button) and keep the other half in the Bank. Double Half To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank), if you win.

Bet will show your bet in the Gamble round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature. Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a Gamble round when the dealer’s card is displayed after choosing Double or Double Half, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can finish the Gamble round. If you are disconnected before the dealer’s card is shown, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

close
Captain's Treasure

Captain’s Treasure

5-Reel Multiline Slots

The object of Captain’s Treasure is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the amount you wish to bet on each payline, by clicking on the + and – buttons on the bottom of the screen.
  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on line number 3 for example, you also select lines 1 and 2. Each click on the Bet One button selects one more line. Click Bet Max or line number 9 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is the line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the paytable. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the Scatter symbol below.

About the paytable:

The paytable shows a value for every hit amount for each symbol. For example, if you have four consecutive symbols starting on the leftmost or rightmost reel (that is four hits), the win amount is determined by multiplying the line bet value by the number displayed on the paytable for four of that particular symbol. If you have winning combinations on multiple paylines, add them all up to get the total win amount. The symbols must be consecutive, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel, to qualify as hits. In case one payline contains two winning combinations (for example: two anchors counted from the left and three swords counted from the right), you are paid for both combinations. Five symbols in a row are only paid once.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

The Captain symbol is a wild symbol – meaning it can substitute for any other symbol (including the scatter symbol), like a joker in card games. Also, the wild symbol doubles any win in the combination it is in, but not cumulatively (that is, the win will be multiplied by 2 regardless of the number of wild symbols contained in the winning combination).The Captain symbol appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only.

Scatter symbol:

The Treasure Chest symbol is a scatter symbol – when 2 to 5 of these symbols appear on the screen, you are paid according to the number shown on the paytable (a scatter win is calculated by multiplying the number on the respective row of the scatter paytable with your TOTAL bet amount, not just the line bet). The symbols must be consecutive, starting from the leftmost or rightmost reel, to qualify as hits. They don’t have to follow any payline. Scatter wins are added to payline wins (if you don’t have any payline wins, you are only paid the scatter win).

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Click here to see the paytable. Click again to close it.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of nine), activating another payline each time. Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet nine coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options
allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay
allows you to automate gameplay. Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

close
Cherry Love

Cherry Love

5-Reel 30-line slots

The object of Cherry Love is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button. Winnings can be doubled by guessing whether the next card will be red or black. With every win, you can bet again. There is an upper limit on the maximum amount that you can bet (double up limit). Click Collect to add all the current winnings to your balance and return to the reels.
  • Gamble is disabled during the Auto Start function and the free games.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • Paytable screen shows all winning combinations.
    • Free games screen describes the necessary combination of symbols to enter the bonus round and describes the bonus round rules.
    • Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the first Info page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.

If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.

Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more Scatter symbols in the results, an additional win is earned. The payout for Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

In case of three or more Scatter symbols, the player automatically gets 15 free games with multiplier 2 for all wins during the free games.

To start the free games, click on Click to Start. During the free games, the line bet, coin size and number of lines are those last played. If three or more Scatters appear anywhere on the reels during a free spin, 15 additional free games are added to the existing ones. At the end of the free games, click Continue to go back to the reels.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 and can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination.

Expanding Wild Symbol Feature in the Main Game

If a Wild symbol appears on a reel after a spin and it is possible to have a winning combination by having a Wild symbol anywhere on that reel, the Wild symbol will expand to cover the entire reel. All places on the reel will be temporarily considered as Wild. All winning combinations that result from this will be paid.

Expanding Wild Symbol Feature in the Free Games

During each of the free games, the Wild symbol will appear expanded alternatively on reels 2, 3 and 4. This means that before each free game starts, Expanding Wild will appear first, as to cover all three reel positions of a given reel.

The other four reels will then spin regularly. In the first free game, Expanding Wild will appear on reel 2, then in the second free game it will move to reel 3, then to reel 4 and then back to reel 2, reel 3 and so on in rotation. It will continue moving between the reels in this manner until all free games have been played.

Please note: During the free games, the Gamble option is disabled.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings to double them by clicking Red or Black button. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, you have to guess whether the next card that is going to be revealed is red or black. If your guess is correct, you win. If your guess is wrong, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a bonus round or free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a gamble round, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back to the casino.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Chinese Kitchen

Chinese Kitchen

8-Line Slots

The object of Chinese Kitchen is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose the value of the coins you wish to bet by clicking on the + and buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Select the paylines you want to bet on by clicking the line number on the upper and left edge of the reels. Then click on the Bet One button to bet a coin on each of the paylines – click again to add another coin. Click Bet Max to bet the maximum of three coins on each line. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is the line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max also spins the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not use Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every symbol combination that pays. Multiply your line bet by that number and you get the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the winning amount. Please note that except for the crab, all one-symbol and two-symbol combinations have to start on the leftmost or upmost reel (depending on the payline) to win.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Buttons:

+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.
All Lines Click here to activate (bet on) all 8 paylines. You can activate the lines individually by clicking the line numbers on the left and upper edge of the screen.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin for each activated payline (up to a total of 3 per line). Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet three coins per activated payline and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

close
Desert Treasure

Desert Treasure

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Desert Treasure is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet Per Line button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Choose your paylines. You can click the Select Lines button to add a payline, or use the coloured buttons on both sides of the reels. Whenever you select a higher payline, you’ll also select all the lower ones (i.e., if you activate payline 18, paylines 1 through 17 will be active as well). You can also click Bet Max to activate all the paylines and spin the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Paytable button again. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

About payouts:

Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout. If two winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up. The winning combination must occur from left to right, otherwise it is not paid. The Wild symbol can stand for any other (except Scatter and Bonus), to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for several Wild symbols on an active payline.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are two or more of them on the game field, you get an additional win. The payout for scatter symbols is multiplied by your total bet. If you get three or more scatter symbols, you get 10 free spins (no money is deducted from your balance for them). During free spins, all wins (except the bonus round) are tripled. You can win more free spins on a free spin.

Bonus symbol

When you get three or more Bonus symbols on an active payline, you are taken to the Bonus round. There, you get to choose as many prizes as you had bonus symbols. Each prize has a different payout. Bonus payouts are multiplied by the line bet.

Dollar Ball

This is a lotto-type progressive sidegame where you pick 5 numbers out of 49. Then once you start the main game, five numbers will be drawn randomly. The more numbers match your selection, the more you win. If all five numbers match, you win the Jackpot.

Dollar Ball resides in the top right part of the screen. Click Enable to play it. You will see a set of numbers, from 1 to 49. Click on any five of them to select manually (click again to deselect), or click on Random pick to have it done for you automatically. If you want to change the selected numbers, click on any of the already selected numbers to uncheck them, and then click the new ones. Click Activate to hide the numbers and confirm your selection. While the Dollar Ball is activated, an additional Jackpot bet is automatically made each time you make a bet in the main game. The value of the Jackpot bet is fixed and you can find it in the Dollar Ball interface. If you want to cancel the Dollar Ball game, click Disable.

Dollar Ball will be played along with every main game round, with the same numbers, until you either change the numbers or disable the sidegame.

Your numbers will be shown in a row of white circles at the top of the screen. Once you start a round of the main game, the drawn numbers will appear just above them. If any of the numbers match your selection, the circles containing these numbers will change color to green and your win amount will appear below. It will be added to your balance along with any winnings from the main game round. Dollar Ball wins are paid according to the paytable for Dollar Ball which can be found in the main game paytable. Wins received from 1, 2, or 3 correct numbers are fixed wins and their winning amounts calculated by multiplying the Jackpot bet by the corresponding multiplier.

In addition to the fixed wins, the Dollar Ball includes progressive wins. A small percentage of each Jackpot bet is added to the common pot by every person playing this game. When a player gets the right result (the five numbers selected match the five numbers drawn), that player wins the entire Jackpot. It is also possible to win part of the Jackpot (1% of the Jackpot) if four out of the five numbers selected match four of the numbers drawn.

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casino contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • You have to make a Jackpot bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • You do not have to win the main game round to win the Jackpot.
  • The Jackpot contribution applies only when you play with the Dollar Ball enabled.
  • All paytable wins and multipliers for the Dollar Ball game correspond to the Jackpot bet only.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 10 000 x Jackpot bet.
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 10%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Catch 5 balls.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Place the Jackpot bet.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Increase the line bet by one coin.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Diamond Valley

Diamond Valley

5-Reel Slots with a Progressive Jackpot

The object of Diamond Valley is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Select the number of paylines you want to bet on by clicking on the Bet One button or the line numbers to the left or right of the reels. When you click on payline number 3 for example, you also select paylines 1 and 2. Each click on the Bet One button selects one more payline. Click Bet Max or line number 5 to select all paylines. Remember that your total bet (the amount you spend on the game round) is line bet multiplied by the number of lines selected. Clicking Bet Max will also spin the reels automatically.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along an activated payline), you win according to the winning table (click Paytable to see the winning table).

Paylines:

Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. You can activate paylines and see their shape by progressively clicking the Bet One button.

Please note: You only win if a combination occurs on an active payline.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to that rule. Read more about the scatter symbol below.

About the winning tables:

The tables show a certain number for every hit amount for every symbol. If you have four symbols in a row starting on the leftmost reel (that is four hits), read the number on the line “XXXX” and in the column under that symbol. That number is the winning amount. If you have winning combinations on multiple lines, add them all up to get the total winning amount. The symbols have to lie consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel, to qualify as hits.

The red gem in the lower left part of the winnings table is a scatter symbol – if you get three or more red gems on the screen simultaneously, you win the corresponding amount, whether the gems lie on any paylines or not.

Please note: There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much you’re betting on a single payline. The total bet shows how much you’re spending in this game round. The payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet, not by the total bet. If you get winning combinations on more than one payline, the winnings for each payline are added up.

Progressive Jackpot:

Jackpot

One of the possible wins in this game is the progressive Jackpot, built up by all the casinos that offer the game. A small percentage of each bet, by every person playing this game in each of many online casinos, is added to a common pot. When a player gets the right result, that player wins the entire Jackpot (in some games you can also win part of it).

After a Jackpot has been won, a new pot is started, with the casinos contributing a base amount of money (called a seed). This ensures that even if you get a Jackpot result in a game right after someone else has won the Jackpot, you will still get a large win.

Please note:

  • In some games you have to make a specific bet to be eligible for the Jackpot.
  • If you get disconnected in the middle of a game round, your game does not change the value of the Jackpot. The state of the game up to that point is remembered by the casino; the next time you log in you can finish your game round with the same odds and without placing a new bet.
  • If a Jackpot is being discontinued (a game is closed and removed from the casino client), you will be notified of it by the casino.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): 5 000 x coin size
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 1%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): 5 diamond symbols on the 5 th payline.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play for max bet.

Bonus Game:

Diamond Valley contains a Bonus Game. To access the bonus game, you have to collect three or more hand symbols on an activated payline. The hand symbols have to lay consecutively, starting from the leftmost reel. In the bonus game, choose one person to rescue from the pit, then choose your reward.

Scatter symbol:

The Red Gem is a scatter symbol. When you get 3 to 5 of these symbols on the screen, you are paid according to the table shown on the winnings table (scatter win is calculated by multiplying the number on the respective row of the scatter paytable with your TOTAL bet, not just the line bet).

Buttons:

Paytable Click here to see the paytable. Click again to close it.
Bet One Bet one coin or increase the bet by one coin (up to a total of five), activating another payline each time. Click Spin to spin the reels after that.
Bet Max Bet five coins and spin the reels automatically.
Spin Spin the reels.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

close
Fairy Magic

Fairy Magic

5-Reel 15-line slots

The object of Fairy Magic is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, opens the gamble page. Winnings can be doubled by choosing a higher card than that automatically chosen by the dealer. After all wins or ties, players can click Collect or try to double the new amount.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • Collective bonus screen describes the conditions necessary to win Free Games and explains the collective bonus behavior.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter and Collective Bonus, to make the best possible winning combination. There is also a separate payout for two or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the Paytable. The Wild symbol is stacked on all reels. This means that the Wild symbols lay one on top of the other on the reels.

Scatter symbol

ScatterThe Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline. If there are three or more Scatter symbols in the results, an additional win is earned. The payout for Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

Collective Bonus symbol

Collective BonusIf the Collective Bonus symbol appears anywhere on a reel, a star is added to the bottom of that reel. Four stars collected in any plate pay four times the total bet and win 5 Free Games with multiplier X2. A multiplier means that any win is multiplied by that number. If more than one reel collects four stars at the end of a single spin, then the player wins four times the total bet and 5 Free Games times the number of reels that have collected four stars. Free Games will be played with X2 multiplier.

The number of stars at the bottom of reels remains the same if you exit and re-enter the game. Star collection is per total bet. Stars are counted separately for every total bet played. When returning to a previously used total bet, the star states are restored.

Free Games

To start the free games, click on Click to Start. A message appears counting up the free games won and displaying the multiplier. After a short pause, the Free Games begin automatically.

During the free spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the free spins. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Spin Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current free spins.

After all free spins have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free spins. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Bonus Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

At the end of the Free Games, the Free Game win is displayed. Click on Continue to return to the main game.

If the Collective Bonus symbol appears anywhere on the reels during a free game, 5 additional Free Games with the same multiplier are added to the existing ones.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings (Double button) to double them. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

You can also choose to bet only half your current winnings (Double Half button) and keep the other half in the Bank. Double Half To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank), if you win.

Bet will show your bet in the Gamble round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature. Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a bonus round or free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a Gamble round when the dealer’s card is displayed after choosing Double or Double Half, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can finish the Gamble round. If you are disconnected before the dealer’s card is shown, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

close
Dolphin Reef

Dolphin Reef

5-Reel 20-line Slots

The object of Dolphin Reef is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines. Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page. On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together. In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the winnings.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Free Games screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Free Games feature and describes the Free Games feature rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol (Dolphin) can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. The Wild symbols can occur only on reels 2 and 4.

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols (Treasure chest) do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned and added to payline winnings. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

Free Games Symbol

When the Wild symbols appear anywhere on the second and fourth reels simultaneously, the Free Games round immediately begins. In the Free Games round, the player is awarded 5 Free Games.

During the Free Games, the second and fourth reels expand into Wild reels. Like regular Wild symbols, the expanded Wilds also substitute for all symbols. All positions on the expanded reels 2 and 4 substitute for all symbols, except Scatter – the entire expanded Wild reel is treated as one Scatter.

During the Free Games, reels 1, 3 and 5 are respun 5 times. The Free Games are played at the line bet, coin size and number of lines of the spin that triggered the Free Games. The Free Games wins are added to the win from the triggering spin, and the Scatter wins.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free spins. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

Note that it is not possible to win additional Free Games during the Free Games round, as the reels 2 and 4 are already Wild.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings to double them by clicking Red or Black button. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, you have to guess whether the next card that is going to be revealed is red or black. If your guess is correct, you win. If your guess is wrong, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends. With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a gamble round, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back to the casino.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

The Discovery

The Discovery

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of The Discovery is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Free Games screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Free Games feature and describes the Free Games feature rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the doubling-up rules.
  • Show Paylines can be clicked from the Paytable page to open a screen which illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back exits the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, the line bet must be multiplied by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. The Wild symbol is stacked on reels #2, #3, and #4. This means that on those 3 reels, Wild symbols lay one on top of the other.

Scatter symbol

ScatterThe Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are 2 or more Scatters in the spin results, the payout earned is multiplied by the total bet and added to payline winnings. If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels simultaneously, 10 Free Games with X3 multiplier are awarded. An X3 multiplier means that all wins in Free Games are multiplied by 3.

Free Games

To start the Free Games, click on Click to Start. A message is then displayed, explaining that 10 Free Games have been won with X3 multiplier. The Free Games begin automatically. During the Free Games, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Games. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Games Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current Free Games.

After all Free Games have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free games. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Feature Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

If 3 or more Scatters appear anywhere on the reels during Free Games, 10 additional Free Games with the same multiplier are added to the existing ones.

Free Game wins are added to the payline and Scatter wins.

If the Free Games are triggered during the Auto Start mode, the feature begins after the player clicks on Click to Start. When all Free Games have been played and the player clicks Continue on the screen summarizing the Free Games win, the Auto Start mode resumes.

Gamble

A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature where you can bet the winnings from your last spin to try and increase them.

Your current winnings are shown in the Bank field. You can choose to bet these winnings (Double button) to double them. Double To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank, if you win.

You can also choose to bet only half your current winnings (Double Half button) and keep the other half in the Bank. Double Half To shows the amount that will be placed in the Bank (includes the amount that remained in the Bank), if you win.

Bet will show your bet in the Gamble round.

If you do not want to bet, you can click Collect to add the winnings from the last spin to your balance and return to the main game. If you choose to bet, the dealer’s card is revealed on the left-hand side of the screen and you have to pick a card from the remaining face-down cards. If you pick a card with a higher ranking than the dealer’s card, you win. If your card is equal in ranking, the bet is returned. If your card is lower in ranking than the dealer’s card, you lose your bet and the Gamble feature ends.

With every win, you can bet again until the winnings in the Bank are equal to or greater than the Gamble feature limit. The limit is shown on the Info page that describes the Gamble feature.

Click Collect to add your winnings from the Bank to your balance and return to the main game.

Please note: The Gamble button is disabled during free spins and while the Auto Start is active.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.
Gamble Gamble the winnings in an attempt to increase the winnings from the spin.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options
    allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support
    lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a base game, the spin will be automatically completed. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during free spins, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can continue the game.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a spin using the Auto Start function, the spin will be automatically completed, but further spins will not automatically commence. You can click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.
  • If you are disconnected from the Internet during a Gamble round when the dealer’s card is displayed after choosing Double or Double Half, you will be automatically directed back to the game after you log back into the casino so you can finish the Gamble round. If you are disconnected before the dealer’s card is shown, the winnings will be collected and added to the balance.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Fantastic Four

Fantastic Four

5-Reel 20-line slots

The object of Fantastic Four is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets. During the reel spins the Spin button changes into Stop. Clicking Stop ends the spin animation and immediately displays the spin result.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the accumulating winnings. The win ticker can be stopped by clicking on the Win field.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations.
    • 3 or More screen describes the free games rules and the conditions that trigger the special features.
    • Mr Fantastic Feature screen describes when this feature is triggered and explains its behavior.
    • Invisible Woman Feature screen describes when this feature is triggered and explains its behavior.
    • Human Torch Feature screen describes when this feature is triggered and explains its behavior.
    • The Thing Feature screen describes when this feature is triggered and explains its behavior.
    • Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot screen describes how to win entry to the Marvel Multi-Level Mystery Progressive Jackpot game that wins one of four jackpots, and explains the game’s rules.
  • Clicking Show Paylines on the Paytable page, opens a screen that illustrates all possible payline combinations. Clicking Hide Paylines closes this screen and returns to the Paytable page.
  • Clicking Back closes the Info screen and returns to the game.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

WildThe Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination. In addition, two or more Wild symbols on an active payline pay as per the rules of the Paytable.

Scatter symbol

ScatterThe Scatter symbols do not have to occur on any particular payline. If there are three or more Scatter symbols in the results, 12 Free Games are awarded and an additional payout win is earned.

The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

If three or more Scatters appear anywhere on the reels during Free Games, only a payout is won but the Free Games will not be retriggered.

Free Games

3 or more Scatter symbols trigger the Free Games. To begin, the player must click on Click to Start. The screen changes automatically to a graphic screen that explains the four special features in Free Games. The player must click on Continue to proceed to the Free Game reels, which then spin automatically.

During the free spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the free spins. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Spin Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current free spins.

After all free spins have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free spins. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Bonus Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels.

In Free Games, reel #3 is stacked with the four hero symbols: Mr. Fantastic, the Invisible Woman, the Human Torch and the Thing. If all positions on reel #3 show the same hero, a special feature is triggered that corresponds to that hero symbol. During the special features, reel #3 is not stacked with heroes and more special features cannot be triggered.

In the beginning of any of the four special features, the number of extra feature spins added is shown in the middle of the reels. The message fades and the extra feature spins are played. In addition, the logo on top of the reels changes to the name of the feature. Any wins are added automatically to the Free Games win on the screen. At the end of any of the four extra feature spins, the logo on top of the reels changes back to the Free Games logo and the Free Games continue automatically. Free Games cannot be retriggered.

The following are the four special features which can be won in this way in Free Games:

Mr. Fantastic Feature

Mr Fantastic4 feature spins are awarded to the player, during which Mr. Fantastic becomes Expanding Wild. This means that if the Mr. Fantastic symbol appears on a reel during a feature spin and it is possible to have a winning combination by having it substitute for any other symbol (except for the Wild and Scatter symbols) anywhere on that reel, it will expand to cover the entire reel. All places on the reel will be considered as Wild for that spin alone.

Invisible Woman Feature

Invisible WomanOne total bet is awarded to the player and 4 feature spins are triggered. Every time the Invisible Woman symbol appears on any reel at least once during a feature spin, a multiplier is increased by one step. When the feature ends, all prizes won during the feature spins are multiplied by the accumulated multiplier.

Human Torch Feature

Human Torch4 feature spins are awarded to the player, during which reel #1 is covered by a picture of the Human Torch. The picture remains as the other 4 reels spin regularly. This means that all symbols on Reel #1 are considered to be the Human Torch symbol. The reels in this feature do not include symbols of Mr. Fantastic, the Invisible Woman or the Thing. Additional Human Torch symbols are added to the reels.

The Thing Feature

The Thing3 feature spins are awarded to the player. Every time the Thing symbol appears after a feature spin, it becomes Wild, substituting for all symbols except Wild and Scatter. The symbol remains in place on the reels as a Wild during all remaining feature spins. At the end of the Free Games, a special screen detailing the wins appears. To return to the main game, the player must click on Continue.

Marvel Mystery Jackpot

Marvel Mystery Jackpot is a multi-level progressive jackpot game that is available in all Marvel slot games and is linked to all Marvel slot games.

The trigger that starts the Jackpot sidegame is random and can occur after any spin in any of the linked games. It is not caused by any symbol combination in the linked games and even the bets that do not win anything in the main gameplay can trigger the Jackpot minigame. Likewise, any bet with any size in the linked games can trigger the Jackpot sidegame, although the chances increase or decrease proportionally to the bet size.

There are four different levels of jackpots that you can win: Power Jackpot, Extra Power Jackpot, Super Power Jackpot and Ultimate Power Jackpot. Different types of jackpots hold different prize amounts. The jackpot gamescreen contains 20 squares which in the beginning of the gameplay are turned upside down. Clicking on a square will turn it around and reveal the jackpot symbol on the other side. Once you have found three matching symbols, you win the jackpot that corresponds to these symbols.

The Marvel Mystery Jackpot game also has a timeout timer. This means that if you do not pick a square in a set amount of time, the squares will be picked randomly for you.

The Jackpot for this game works like this:

Seed (how much money the Jackpot starts out with): Power: $50
Extra Power: $500
Super Power: $5,000
Ultimate Power: $100,000
Contribution rate (what percentage of each bet goes into the Jackpot): 0.99%
Win condition (the result you have to get to win the Jackpot): Match 3 jackpot symbols.
Win requirements (what you need to do to be eligible for the Jackpot): Play a Marvel slot game.

Buttons:

Info Open the reference screen that describes the different game components.
Auto Start / Stop Spin the reels a number of times in succession. / End the active Auto Start reelspin mode.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the number of successive spins made with Auto Start.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Per Line Add a coin to the line bet.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin / Stop Spin the reels. / Stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the spin result. In the active Auto Start mode stop the reelspin animation and immediately display the result. Clicking Stop in the active Auto Start mode does not end the Auto Start reelspin mode.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

  • Current balanceYour account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.
  • CashierClicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.
  • Play for Real MoneyThis button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.
  • ChatClicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games or answer an administrator if they initiate a chat with you.
  • MenuSome popular functions are united under the Menu.
    Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
    Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
    Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.
  • CloseClicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Farmer's Market

Farmer’s Market

5-reel 20-line slots

The object of Farmer’s Market is to obtain a winning symbol combination by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • Choose your coin size by clicking the + and – buttons on the right of the screen.
  • Choose your line bet by clicking the Bet button. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. Once you’ve reached the maximum amount, clicking the button again will reset the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • The amount of money you bet on a game round is the line bet multiplied by the number of active paylines.
  • Click Spin (if you did not press Bet Max) to spin the reels.
  • If the reels show a winning combination after they stop (along a payline you bet on), you win according to the winning table. Click the Paytable button to see the paytable, if you wish. Close the paytable by clicking the Back button. If you win on multiple paylines simultaneously, your winnings are added up.

Paylines:

  • Active paylines are represented by lines that appear over the reels. Paylines can be activated and their shape displayed by progressively clicking Lines.
  • Only active paylines can register wins.
  • There is a difference between the line bet and the total bet. The line bet shows how much is being bet on a single payline. The total bet shows how much is being bet in total on the game round. Payouts shown in the paytable are multiplied by the line bet.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

About payouts:

  • Payouts are listed on the Paytable screen. To find the possible win amount, multiply the line bet by the payout.
  • If two payline winning combinations occur on the same line, the higher of them is paid out. If more than one active payline has a winning combination, the winnings are added up.
  • Winning combinations must start from the left most reel, and the symbols have to be consecutive.

The Scatter symbol is an exception to these rules. More information about the Scatter symbol can be found below.

Wild symbol

The Wild symbol can stand for any other symbol, except Scatter, to make the best possible winning combination.

Please note: There is also a separate payout for 2 or more Wild symbols on an active payline, as seen in the paytable. This is paid out instead of the regular symbol win, if the win amount from Wild symbols is larger than the win from the regular symbol (by Wild standing in).

Scatter symbol

The Scatter symbols do not have to occur on a particular payline – if there are three or more Scatter symbols in the spin results, an additional win is earned and added to payline winnings. The payout for the Scatter symbols is multiplied by the total bet.

Bonus symbol

When you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels, you are taken to the bonus round and awarded a guaranteed prize of 5 times the total bet which will be added to the winnings you receive from the free spins.

In the Bonus round you get to choose between 20 crates on the farmer’s stand. Most of the crates contain fruits and vegetables that award you 1 to 5 free spins or increase the win multiplier of the free spins by 2. Four of the twenty crates have unusual contents – two crates contain rotten fruit and two have magical fruits. Opening a crate spoiled by worms awards one free spin but also ends the bonus round. If you discover a magical fruit, three winning crates of regular fruit and vegetables are opened automatically. You can pick crates one by one until you come across a crate of wormy fruit or all the crates of regular fruit and vegetables, have been opened. The number of free spins ranges from 1 to 27 and the multiplier from 2 to 8.

During the free spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the free spins. After each spin, the win is displayed in the Win field. The Free Spin Win field shows the accumulated winnings from the current free spins.

After all free spins have been completed, a result board summarizes the winnings. Game win shows the winnings that were received from the spin that won the free spins. Feature win shows the winnings that were received from the free spins. Total win shows the aggregate winnings (Game Win and Bonus Win added up).

Clicking Continue will return you to the regular slot reels. If you get Bonus symbols on the first and last reels during a free spin, you are not taken to the bonus round – instead the game adds 8 new free spins to the existing ones. Your win multiplier does not change.

Buttons:

Paytable Open the paytable screen.
Bet Increase the line bet by one coin.
Lines Activate one more payline.
Bet Max Activate all paylines with the maximum line bet, and spin the reels.
Spin Spin the reels.
+ and – buttons Increase or decrease the coin value.

The lower edge of the game window holds the casino toolbar. It contains the following:

Current balance

Your account balance. This is the money you can use to play the casino games.

Cashier

Clicking this button opens the Cashier window where you can make deposits and withdrawals, see your transaction history, etc.

Play for Real Money

This button appears only in Fun or Offline Mode. Clicking it will take you to the Real Money account creation page. If you already have a Real Money account, it will take you to the Play for Real Money login screen.

Chat

Clicking this button will activate the black strip to the left of it, turning it into a text box. Enter a message and click Chat again. A separate chat window will open. Please note: You can only talk to other players in multiplayer games.

Menu

Some popular functions are united under the Menu.
Clicking History (unavailable in Offline mode) will open the game history window, where you can see the details of recent game rounds.
Options allows you to change audio quality and various gameplay settings, and Help opens the help article that you are reading right now.
Autoplay allows you to automate gameplay.
Online Support lets you contact a customer support specialist, if one is online.

Close/Lobby

Clicking this button closes the game window and takes you back to the Lobby. If you have Multiwindow support enabled (games are opened in new windows), the button will say Close. If Multiwindow support is disabled (games are opened in the same window as the Lobby), the button will say Lobby. You can enable or disable this feature in the Options window.

Shortcut Keys

If you wish, you can press the following keys on your keyboard instead of clicking on the buttons on the screen.

Press this key To do this
TAB Highlight the next button on the screen.
ENTER Select the button that is currently highlighted (equal to clicking on it)
SPACEBAR Spin the reels with the currently set bet.
ESC Exit the game.

Note on disconnections: If you are disconnected from the Internet in the middle of a game while playing for Real Money, please re-establish your Internet connection and log back into the casino. You can then click the History button to see the outcome of your previous round after you log back into the casino.

Note on large wins: Winning amounts of $10,000 or more are considered large wins. Large wins need to be verified by a live operator.

Note on malfunctions: A malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Golden Games

Golden Games

5-Reel 25-line Slots

The object of Golden Games is to obtain winning symbol combinations by spinning the reels.

To play the game:

  • A wagering denomination can be chosen by clicking the Click to Change denomination button in the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
  • Line bets are chosen by clicking Bet per Line. Each click adds a coin to the line bet. When the maximum amount is reached, clicking the button again resets the line bet to one coin.
  • Paylines are chosen by clicking Lines. Each click activates a payline. When all paylines are activated, clicking the button again resets it to one active payline. Paylines can also be activated by using the numbered buttons on either side of the reels. Selecting a high payline includes all the lower ones too. For example, selecting payline 6 also activates paylines 1 through 5. Clicking Bet Max activates all paylines with the maximum bet per line and spins the reels.
  • Total bet per game round = line bet X active paylines.
  • Clicking Spin spins the reels with the current selection of lines and line bets.
  • Reels can also be spun using the Auto Start function. Clicking + or – above Auto Start selects the successive number of spins to be enabled. Clicking Auto Start spins the reels. The Auto Start button changes into Stop during the Auto Start mode of reelspin. The Auto Start mode ends when the reels have been spun the number of times determined by the player, or when the player clicks Stop.
  • Wins are calculated according to the paytable. Line win = line bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. Scatter win = total bet X corresponding multiplier according to the paytable. The paytable can be accessed via the Info page.
  • On a given payline, only the highest payline winning combination pays while simultaneous winnings on different paylines are added up together.
  • In case of a winning spin, the Win field displays the winnings.
  • Payline wins and the total win are also displayed on the black strip located at the bottom of the game window.
  • A win activates the Gamble button which, when clicked, starts the Gamble feature. More information about the Gamble feature can be found below.

Info page:

  • Clicking Info opens the reference screen describing different game components. Clicking the arrow buttons at the lower right-hand corner of the screen enables navigating between the different info screens.
    • The Paytable screen shows all winning combinations. When opened after a winning spin, the winning symbol combinations (number of symbols and bet multiplier) are highlighted and blink.
    • The Bonus screen describes the symbol combinations necessary to enter the Free Games feature and describes the Free Games feature rules.
    • The Gamble screen describes how to try doubling winnings by gambling with them and describes the